Technical data

ManualsBrandsAgilent Technologies ManualsPower ToolsIniniium 90000

Agilent Infiniium

90000 Series

Oscilloscopes

Programmer's Reference

Summary of content (1102 pages)

PAGE 1
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference s1
PAGE 2
Notices © Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2007-2012 Manual Part Number No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means (including electronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language) without prior agreement and written consent from Agilent Technologies, Inc. as governed by United States and international copyright laws. Version 04.00.0000 Trademarks Microsoft®, MS-DOS®, Windows®, Windows 2000®, and Windows XP® are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
PAGE 3
In This Book This book is your guide to programming the Infiniium 90000 Series oscilloscopes These oscilloscopes include the 90000A Series, the 90000 X- Series, and the 90000 Q- Series. Chapter 1, “What's New,” starting on page 27, describes programming command changes in the latest version of oscilloscope software. Chapter 2, “Setting Up,” starting on page 35, describes the steps you must take before you can control the oscilloscope with remote programs.
PAGE 4
• Chapter 25, “Root Level Commands,” starting on page 643 • Chapter 26, “Serial Bus Commands,” starting on page 675 • Chapter 27, “Self- Test Commands,” starting on page 695 • Chapter 28, “Serial Data Equalization Commands,” starting on page 699 • Chapter 29, “System Commands,” starting on page 743 • Chapter 30, “Time Base Commands,” starting on page 757 • Chapter 31, “Trigger Commands,” starting on page 769 • Chapter 32, “Waveform Commands,” starting on page 867 • Chapter 33, “Waveform Memory Commands,” st
PAGE 5
Contents In This Book 3 1 What's New What's New in Version 4.00 28 What's New in Version 3.50 29 What's New in Version 3.20 31 What's New in Version 3.11 32 What's New in Version 3.10 33 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope Using the USB (Device) Interface 37 Using the LAN Interface 37 Using the GPIB Interface 37 Step 3.
PAGE 6
Header Types 54 Simple Command Header 54 Compound Command Header 54 Combining Commands in the Same Subsystem Common Command Header 55 Duplicate Mnemonics 55 Query Headers 55 56 Program Header Options 57 Character Program Data 58 Numeric Program Data Embedded Strings 59 60 Program Message Terminator 61 Common Commands within a Subsystem Selecting Multiple Subsystems Programming Getting Started Referencing the IO Library 62 63 64 65 Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library Initia
PAGE 7
GPIB Command and Data Concepts 84 Communicating Over the GPIB Interface Interface Select Code 85 Oscilloscope Address 85 85 Communicating Over the LAN Interface 86 Communicating via Telnet and Sockets Telnet 88 Sockets 88 88 Bus Commands 90 Device Clear 90 Group Execute Trigger Interface Clear 90 90 5 Message Communication and System Functions Protocols 92 Functional Elements 92 Protocol Overview 92 Protocol Operation 93 Protocol Exceptions 93 Suffix Multiplier 93 Suffix Unit 94 6 Status Reportin
PAGE 8
Trigger Armed Event Register Auto Trigger Event Register Error Queue 113 114 115 Output Queue 116 Message Queue 117 Clearing Registers and Queues 118 7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Programming Flow 120 Setting Up the Oscilloscope Acquiring a Waveform Retrieving Results 121 122 123 Acquisition Synchronization 124 Blocking Synchronization 124 Polling Synchronization With Timeout Single Shot Device Under Test (DUT) Averaging Acquisition Synchronization 124 126 128 8 Programming Conventi
PAGE 9
:ACQuire:MODE 148 :ACQuire:POINts 150 :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO 154 :ACQuire:REDGe 155 :ACQuire:RESPonse 156 :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt 157 :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex 158 :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs 159 :ACQuire:SRATe 160 :ACQuire:SRATe:AUTO 162 10 Bus Commands :BUS:B:TYPE 164 11 Calibration Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut 167 :CALibrate:SKEW 168 :CALibrate:STATus? 169 12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:BWLimit 173 :CHANnel:COMMonmode 174 :CHANnel:DIFFerential 175 :CHANnel:DIFFerential:SKEW 176 :CHANnel:DISP
PAGE 10
:CHANnel:OFFSet 196 :CHANnel:PROBe 197 :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL 198 :CHANnel:PROBe:ATTenuation 199 :CHANnel:PROBe:AUTozero 200 :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling 201 :CHANnel:PROBe:EADapter 202 :CHANnel:PROBe:ECOupling 204 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal 205 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:GAIN 206 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:OFFSet 207 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:UNITs 208 :CHANnel:PROBe:GAIN 209 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD 210 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:DELete ALL 211 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect 212 :CHANnel
PAGE 11
*SRE 242 *STB? 244 *TRG 246 *TST? 247 *WAI 248 14 Disk Commands :DISK:CDIRectory 250 :DISK:COPY 251 :DISK:DELete 252 :DISK:DIRectory? 253 :DISK:LOAD 254 :DISK:MDIRectory 255 :DISK:PWD? 256 :DISK:SAVE:IMAGe 257 :DISK:SAVE:JITTer 258 :DISK:SAVE:LISTing 259 :DISK:SAVE:MEASurements 260 :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe 261 :DISK:SAVE:SETup 262 :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform 263 :DISK:SEGMented 265 15 Display Commands :DISPlay:CGRade 268 :DISPlay:CGRade:LEVels? 269 :DISPlay:COLumn 270 :DISPlay:CONNect 271 :DISPlay:DATA? 272 :DISPlay:
PAGE 12
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion? 290 :FUNCtion:ABSolute 291 :FUNCtion:ADD 292 :FUNCtion:AVERage 293 :FUNCtion:COMMonmode 294 :FUNCtion:DIFF 295 :FUNCtion:DISPlay 296 :FUNCtion:DIVide 297 :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency 298 :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence 299 :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? 300 :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow 301 :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude 303 :FUNCtion:FFTPhase 304 :FUNCtion:HIGHpass 305 :FUNCtion:HORizontal 306 :FUNCtion:HORizontal:POSition 307 :FUNCtion:HORizontal:RANGe 30
PAGE 13
:HARDcopy:DPRinter 331 :HARDcopy:FACTors 332 :HARDcopy:IMAGe 333 :HARDcopy:PRINters? 334 18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:AXIS 337 :HISTogram:MODE 338 :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE 339 :HISTogram:WINDow:DEFault :HISTogram:WINDow:SOURce :HISTogram:WINDow:LLIMit :HISTogram:WINDow:RLIMit :HISTogram:WINDow:BLIMit :HISTogram:WINDow:TLIMit 340 341 342 343 344 345 19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:DELay 348 :ISCan:MEASurement:FAIL 349 :ISCan:MEASurement:LLIMit 350 :ISCan:MEASurement 351 :ISCan:MEASurement:ULIMit 3
PAGE 14
:LTESt:MEASurement 372 :LTESt:RESults? 373 :LTESt:TEST 374 :LTESt:ULIMit 375 21 Lister Commands :LISTer:DATA 378 :LISTer:DISPlay 379 22 Marker Commands :MARKer:CURSor? 382 :MARKer:MEASurement:MEASurement :MARKer:MODE 384 :MARKer:X1Position 385 :MARKer:X2Position 386 :MARKer:X1Y1source 387 :MARKer:X2Y2source 388 :MARKer:XDELta? 389 :MARKer:Y1Position 390 :MARKer:Y2Position 391 :MARKer:YDELta? 392 383 23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:ALIGn 395 :MTESt:AlignFIT 396 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate 398 :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce 39
PAGE 15
:MTESt:FOLDing 414 :MTESt:FOLDing:BITS 415 :MTESt:HAMPlitude 416 :MTESt:IMPedance 417 :MTESt:INVert 418 :MTESt:LAMPlitude 419 :MTESt:LOAD 420 :MTESt:NREGions? 421 :MTESt:PROBe:IMPedance? 422 :MTESt:RUMode 423 :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure 424 :MTESt:SCALe:BIND 425 :MTESt:SCALe:X1 426 :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta 427 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 428 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 429 :MTESt:SOURce 430 :MTESt:STARt 431 :MTESt:STOP 432 :MTESt:STIMe 433 :MTESt:TITLe? 434 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce 435 24 Measure Commands :MEASure:AREA 445 :MEASure:BINTerval
PAGE 16
:MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical 463 :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:OFFSet 464 :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:RANGe 465 :MEASure:CROSsing 466 :MEASure:CTCDutycycle 467 :MEASure:CTCJitter 469 :MEASure:CTCNwidth 471 :MEASure:CTCPwidth 473 :MEASure:DATarate 475 :MEASure:DDPWS 477 :MEASure:DELTatime 478 :MEASure:DELTatime:DEFine 480 :MEASure:DUTYcycle 482 :MEASure:EDGE 484 :MEASure:ETOedge 486 :MEASure:FALLtime 487 :MEASure:FFT:DFRequency 489 :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude 491 :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency 493 :MEASure:FFT:MAGNitude 494 :MEASure:F
PAGE 17
:MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:POSition 519 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:RANGe 520 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical 521 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:OFFSet 522 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:RANGe 523 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:TYPE 524 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:WINDow 525 :MEASure:JITTer:STATistics 526 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd 527 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth 528 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth:POINts 529 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical 530 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical:OFFSet 531 :MEA
PAGE 18
:MEASure:RJDJ:ALL? 571 :MEASure:RJDJ:APLength? 572 :MEASure:RJDJ:BANDwidth 573 :MEASure:RJDJ:BER 574 :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE 576 :MEASure:RJDJ:INTerpolate 577 :MEASure:RJDJ:MODe 578 :MEASure:RJDJ:PLENgth 579 :MEASure:RJDJ:RJ 580 :MEASure:RJDJ:SCOPe:RJ 581 :MEASure:RJDJ:SOURce 582 :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe 583 :MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ? 584 :MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs 585 :MEASure:SCRatch 586 :MEASure:SENDvalid 587 :MEASure:SETuptime 588 :MEASure:SLEWrate 590 :MEASure:SOURce 591 :MEASure:STATistics 592 :MEASure:TEDGe 593 :MEASure:T
PAGE 19
:MEASure:VMAX 625 :MEASure:VMIDdle 627 :MEASure:VMIN 628 :MEASure:VOVershoot 630 :MEASure:VPP 631 :MEASure:VPReshoot 633 :MEASure:VRMS 634 :MEASure:VTIMe 636 :MEASure:VTOP 638 :MEASure:VUPPer 639 :MEASure:WINDow 641 25 Root Level Commands :ADER? 645 :AER? 646 :ATER? 647 :AUToscale 648 :AUToscale:CHANnels 649 :AUToscale:PLACement 650 :AUToscale:VERTical 651 :BEEP 652 :BLANk 653 :CDISplay 654 :DIGitize 655 :MODel? 656 :MTEE 657 :MTER? 658 :OPEE 659 :OPER? 660 :OVLRegister? 661 :PDER? 662 :PRINt 663 :RECall:S
PAGE 20
:TER? :VIEW 673 674 26 Serial Bus Commands General :SBUS Commands :SBUS[:DISPlay] 677 :SBUS:MODE 678 676 :SBUS:IIC Commands 679 :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe 680 :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk 681 :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:DATA 682 :SBUS:SPI Commands 683 :SBUS:SPI:BITorder 684 :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI :SBUS:SPI:TYPE 693 :SBUS
PAGE 21
:SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo 712 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe 713 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:SOURce 714 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:NTAPs 715 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP 716 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh 717 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:DELay 718 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MAX 719 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MIN 720 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:GAIN 721 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:UTARget 722 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:LTARget 723 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic 724 :SPRocessing:FFEQualize
PAGE 22
:SYSTem:TIME 755 30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:POSition 758 :TIMebase:RANGe 759 :TIMebase:REFClock 760 :TIMebase:REFerence 761 :TIMebase:SCALe 762 :TIMebase:VIEW 763 :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay 764 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition 765 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe 766 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 767 31 Trigger Commands General Trigger Commands 771 :TRIGger:AND:ENABle 772 :TRIGger:AND:SOURce 773 :TRIGger:HOLDoff 774 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX 775 :TRIGger:HTHReshold 776 :TRIGger:HYSTeresis 777 :TRIGger:LEVel 778 :TRIGger:LTHReshold
PAGE 23
:TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce 797 :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe 798 Edge Trigger Commands 799 :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe 800 :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce 801 Glitch Trigger Commands 802 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity 803 :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce 804 :TRIGger:GLITch:WIDTh 805 Pattern Trigger Commands 806 :TRIGger:PATTern:CONDition 807 :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic 808 Pulse Width Trigger Commands 809 :TRIGger:PWIDth:DIRection 810 :TRIGger:PWIDth:POLarity 811 :TRIGger:PWIDth:SOURce 812 :TRIGger:PWIDth:TPOint 813 :TRIGger:PWIDth:WIDTh 814 R
PAGE 24
State Trigger Commands 836 :TRIGger:STATe:CLOCk 837 :TRIGger:STATe:LOGic 838 :TRIGger:STATe:LTYPe 839 :TRIGger:STATe:SLOPe 840 Timeout Trigger Commands 841 :TRIGger:TIMeout:CONDition 842 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce 843 :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME 844 Transition Trigger Commands 845 :TRIGger:TRANsition:DIRection 846 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce 847 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME 848 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TYPE 849 TV Trigger Commands 850 :TRIGger:TV:LINE 851 :TRIGger:TV:MODE 852 :TRIGger:TV:POLarity 853 :TRIGger:TV:SOURce 854 :T
PAGE 25
:WAVeform:PREamble? 891 :WAVeform:SEGMented:ALL 895 :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? 896 :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? 897 :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? 898 :WAVeform:SOURce 899 :WAVeform:STReaming 900 :WAVeform:TYPE? 901 :WAVeform:VIEW 902 :WAVeform:XDISplay? 904 :WAVeform:XINCrement? 905 :WAVeform:XORigin? 906 :WAVeform:XRANge? 907 :WAVeform:XREFerence? 908 :WAVeform:XUNits? 909 :WAVeform:YDISplay? 910 :WAVeform:YINCrement? 911 :WAVeform:YORigin? 912 :WAVeform:YRANge? 913 :WAVeform:YREFerence? 914 :WAVeform:YUNits? 91
PAGE 26
List of Error Messages 934 35 Sample Programs VISA COM Examples 940 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic 940 VISA COM Example in C# 951 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET 961 VISA COM Example in Python 971 VISA Examples 979 VISA Example in C 979 VISA Example in Visual Basic 988 VISA Example in C# 998 VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET 1010 VISA Example in Python 1022 SICL Examples 1029 SICL Example in C 1029 SICL Example in Visual Basic 1038 SCPI.NET Examples 1048 SCPI.NET Example in C# 1048 SCPI.
PAGE 27
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 1 What's New What's New in Version 4.00 What's New in Version 3.50 What's New in Version 3.20 What's New in Version 3.11 What's New in Version 3.
PAGE 28
1 What's New What's New in Version 4.00 New command descriptions for Version 4.00 of the Infiniium 90000 Series oscilloscope software appear below. New Commands Changed Commands 28 Command Description :ACQuire:REDGe (see page 155) For 50 GHz and 63 GHz bandwidth models of the 90000 Q-Series oscilloscopes, this command enables or disables the RealEdge channel inputs. :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe (see page 261) Saves PrecisionProbe/Cable data to a file.
PAGE 29
1 What's New What's New in Version 3.50 New command descriptions for Version 3.50 of the Infiniium 90000A/90000X Series oscilloscope software appear below. New Commands Command Description :CHANnel:PROBe:AUToze ro (see page 200) Initiates the N2893A probe's auto degauss/ offset cal. :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD: VTERm (see page 213) Sets the termination voltage for the N5444A probe head. :CHANnel:PROBe:MODE (see page 215) Sets the N2750A probe's InfiniiMode configuration.
PAGE 30
1 What's New Changed Commands 30 Command Description :MEASure:RJDJ:SCOPe:RJ (see page 581) Specifies the removal of the oscilloscope's calibrated random jitter from the reported RJ. :SBUS Commands (see page 675) For setting up IIC and SPI serial decode. Command Description :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD: SELect (see page 212) Now lets you select probe heads by the labels given with the :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD command.
PAGE 31
What's New 1 What's New in Version 3.20 New command descriptions for Version 3.20 of the Infiniium 90000A/90000X Series oscilloscope software appear below. New Commands Command Description :MARKer:MEASurement:MEA Surement (see page 383) Specifies which measurement markers track (when the :MARKer:MODE is set to MEASurement). :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:AL IGn (see page 461) Lets you specify clock edges either center aligned with data or edge aligned with data when using an explicit method of clock recovery.
PAGE 32
1 What's New What's New in Version 3.11 New command descriptions for Version 3.11 of the Infiniium 90000A/90000X Series oscilloscope software appear below. New Commands Changed Commands 32 Command Description :CHANnel:ISIM:PEXTracti on (see page 191) Selects a channel's InfiniiSim port extraction. :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE (see page 508) Returns the measurement histogram's Mode value.
PAGE 33
What's New 1 What's New in Version 3.10 New command descriptions for Version 3.10 of the Infiniium 90000A/90000X Series oscilloscope software appear below. New Commands Command Description :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCal (see page 198) Sets the type of AC response probe calibration to use. :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECpr obe:BANDwidth (see page 216) Specifies how the limit of PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable correction/boosting is determined..
PAGE 34
1 What's New Changed Commands 34 Command Description :ACQuire:INTerpolate (see page 147) The INT1, INT2, INT4, INT8, INT16 options have been added for specifying the 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 point Sin(x)/x interpolation ratios. :MEASure:RJDJ:BER (see page 574) You can now set J2 and J9 jitter BER levels. :MEASure:VRMS (see page 634) The VOLT and DBM parameters have been added for specifying the measurement units.
PAGE 35
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software 36 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope 37 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection 38 This chapter explains how to install the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software on a controller PC, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.
PAGE 36
2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software To install the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software on a controller PC: 1 Download the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software from the Agilent web site at: • "http://www.agilent.com/find/iolib" 2 Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions. Note that Agilent IO Libraries Suite software comes installed on Infiniium oscilloscopes.
PAGE 37
2 Setting Up Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope The Infiniium 90000 Series oscilloscopes have three different interfaces you can use for programming: • USB (device port, square connector). • LAN. To configure the LAN interface, set up the Infiniium oscilloscope on the network as you would any other computer with the Windows XP operating system. • GPIB (on the 90000A Series and 90000 X- Series — the 90000Q- Series would require the N4865A GPIB- to- LAN adapter).
PAGE 38
2 Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection NOTE Make sure the Agilent Infiniium software is running on the oscilloscope. It must be running before you can make a connection. 1 On the controller PC, click on the Agilent IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Agilent Connection Expert from the popup menu. 2 In the Agilent Connection Expert application, instruments connected to the controller's USB and GPIB interfaces should automatically appear.
PAGE 39
Setting Up 2 You must manually add instruments on LAN interfaces: a Right- click on the LAN interface, choose Add Instrument from the popup menu b If the oscilloscope is on the same subnet, select it, and click OK.
PAGE 40
2 Setting Up Otherwise, if the instrument is not on the same subnet, click Add Address. i In the next dialog, select either Hostname or IP address, and enter the oscilloscope's hostname or IP address. ii Click Test Connection. iii If the instrument is successfully opened, click OK to close the dialog. If the instrument is not opened successfully, go back and verify the LAN connections and the oscilloscope setup.
PAGE 41
2 Setting Up 3 Test some commands on the instrument: a Right- click on the instrument and choose Send Commands To This Instrument from the popup menu. b In the Agilent Interactive IO application, enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send&Read. c Choose Connect > Exit from the menu to exit the Agilent Interactive IO application. 4 In the Agilent Connection Expert application, choose File > Exit from the menu to exit the application.
PAGE 42
2 42 Setting Up Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 43
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 3 Introduction to Programming Communicating with the Oscilloscope 45 Instructions 46 Instruction Header 47 White Space (Separator) 48 Braces 49 Ellipsis 50 Square Brackets 51 Command and Query Sources 52 Program Data 53 Header Types 54 Query Headers 56 Program Header Options 57 Character Program Data 58 Numeric Program Data 59 Embedded Strings 60 Program Message Terminator 61 Common Commands within a Subsystem 62 Selecting Multiple Subsyst
PAGE 44
3 Introduction to Programming This chapter introduces the basics for remote programming of an oscilloscope. The programming commands in this manual conform to the IEEE 488.2 Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation. The programming commands provide the means of remote control. Basic operations that you can do with a computer and an oscilloscope include: • Set up the oscilloscope. • Make measurements. • Get data (waveform, measurements, and configuration) from the oscilloscope.
PAGE 45
Introduction to Programming 3 Communicating with the Oscilloscope Computers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface, such as a GPIB card or a Local Area Network (LAN) card. Commands for programming normally appear as ASCII character strings embedded inside the output statements of a "host" language available on your computer. The input commands of the host language are used to read responses from the oscilloscope.
PAGE 46
3 Introduction to Programming Instructions Instructions, both commands and queries, normally appear as strings embedded in a statement of your host language, such as Visual Basic for Applications (VBA), Visual Basic .NET, C#, C, etc. The only time a parameter is not meant to be expressed as a string is when the instruction's syntax definition specifies , such as with the :SYSTem:SETup command. There are only a few instructions that use block data.
PAGE 47
Introduction to Programming 3 Instruction Header The instruction header is one or more command mnemonics separated by colons (:). They represent the operation to be performed by the oscilloscope. See Chapter 8, “Programming Conventions,” starting on page 129 for more information. Queries are formed by adding a question mark (?) to the end of the header. Many instructions can be used as either commands or queries, depending on whether or not you include the question mark.
PAGE 48
3 Introduction to Programming White Space (Separator) White space is used to separate the instruction header from the program data. If the instruction does not require any program data parameters, you do not need to include any white space. In this manual, white space is defined as one or more spaces. ASCII defines a space to be character 32 in decimal.
PAGE 49
Introduction to Programming 3 Braces When several items are enclosed by braces, { }, only one of these elements may be selected. Vertical line ( | ) indicates "or". For example, {ON | OFF} indicates that only ON or OFF may be selected, not both.
PAGE 50
3 Introduction to Programming Ellipsis ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.
PAGE 51
Introduction to Programming 3 Square Brackets Items enclosed in square brackets, [ ], are optional.
PAGE 52
3 Introduction to Programming Command and Query Sources Many commands and queries require that a source be specified. Depending on the command or query and the model number of Infiniium oscilloscope being used, some of the sources are not available.
PAGE 53
Introduction to Programming 3 Program Data Program data is used to clarify the meaning of the command or query. It provides necessary information, such as whether a function should be on or off, or which waveform is to be displayed. Each instruction's syntax definition shows the program data and the values they accept. When there is more than one data parameter, they are separated by commas (,). You can add spaces around the commas to improve readability.
PAGE 54
3 Introduction to Programming Header Types There are three types of headers: • "Simple Command Header" on page 54 • "Compound Command Header" on page 54 • "Common Command Header" on page 55 See Also • "Combining Commands in the Same Subsystem" on page 55 • "Duplicate Mnemonics" on page 55 Simple Command Header Simple command headers contain a single mnemonic. AUTOSCALE and DIGITIZE are examples of simple command headers typically used in this oscilloscope.
PAGE 55
3 Introduction to Programming Combining Commands in the Same Subsystem To execute more than one command within the same subsystem, use a semi- colon (;) to separate the commands: ::; For example: :CHANNEL1:INPUT DC;BWLIMIT ON Common Command Header Common command headers, such as clear status, control the IEEE 488.2 functions within the oscilloscope.
PAGE 56
3 Introduction to Programming Query Headers A command header immediately followed by a question mark (?) is a query. After receiving a query, the oscilloscope interrogates the requested subsystem and places the answer in its output queue. The answer remains in the output queue until it is read or until another command is issued. When read, the answer is transmitted across the bus to the designated listener (typically a computer).
PAGE 57
3 Introduction to Programming Program Header Options You can send program headers using any combination of uppercase or lowercaseASCII characters. Oscilloscope responses, however, are always returned in uppercase. You may send program command and query headers in either long form (complete spelling), short form (abbreviated spelling), or any combination of long form and short form. For example: ":TIMebase:DELay 1E- 6" is the long form. ":TIM:DEL 1E- 6" is the short form.
PAGE 58
3 Introduction to Programming Character Program Data Character program data is used to convey parameter information as alpha or alphanumeric strings. For example, the :TIMEBASE:REFERENCE command can be set to left, center, or right. The character program data in this case may be LEFT, CENTER, or RIGHT. The command :TIMEBASE:REFERENCE RIGHT sets the time base reference to right. The available mnemonics for character program data are always included with the instruction's syntax definition.
PAGE 59
3 Introduction to Programming Numeric Program Data Some command headers require program data to be expressed numerically. For example, :TIMEBASE:RANGE requires the desired full- scale range to be expressed numerically. For numeric program data, you can use exponential notation or suffix multipliers to indicate the numeric value. The following numbers are all equal: 28 = 0.28E2 = 280E- 1 = 28000m = 0.
PAGE 60
3 Introduction to Programming Embedded Strings Embedded strings contain groups of alphanumeric characters which are treated as a unit of data by the oscilloscope. An example of this is the line of text written to the advisory line of the oscilloscope with the :SYSTEM:DSP command: :SYSTEM:DSP ""This is a message."" You may delimit embedded strings with either single (') or double (") quotation marks. These strings are case- sensitive, and spaces are also legal characters.
PAGE 61
Introduction to Programming 3 Program Message Terminator The program instructions within a data message are executed after the program message terminator is received. The terminator may be either an NL (New Line) character, an EOI (End- Or- Identify) asserted in the GPIB interface, or a combination of the two. Asserting the EOI sets the EOI control line low on the last byte of the data message. The NL character is an ASCII linefeed (decimal 10).
PAGE 62
3 Introduction to Programming Common Commands within a Subsystem Common commands can be received and processed by the oscilloscope whether they are sent over the bus as separate program messages or within other program messages. If you have selected a subsystem, and a common command is received by the oscilloscope, the oscilloscope remains in the selected subsystem.
PAGE 63
Introduction to Programming 3 Selecting Multiple Subsystems You can send multiple program commands and program queries for different subsystems on the same line by separating each command with a semicolon. The colon following the semicolon lets you enter a new subsystem. For example: ;: :CHANNEL1:RANGE 0.
PAGE 64
3 Introduction to Programming Programming Getting Started The remainder of this chapter explains how to set up the oscilloscope, how to retrieve setup information and measurement results, how to digitize a waveform, and how to pass data to the computer. Chapter 24, “Measure Commands,” starting on page 437 describes getting measurement data from the oscilloscope.
PAGE 65
3 Introduction to Programming Referencing the IO Library No matter which instrument programming library you use (SICL, VISA, or VISA COM), you must reference the library from your program. In C/C++, you must tell the compiler where to find the include and library files (see the Agilent IO Libraries Suite documentation for more information). To reference the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic for Applications (VBA, which comes with Microsoft Office products like Excel): 1 Choose Tools > References...
PAGE 66
3 Introduction to Programming Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface. Once you have opened a connection to the oscilloscope over the remote interface, programming instructions normally appear as ASCII character strings embedded inside write statements of the programing language. Read statements are used to read query responses from the oscilloscope.
PAGE 67
3 Introduction to Programming Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope To make sure the bus and all appropriate interfaces are in a known state, begin every program with an initialization statement. When using the Agilent VISA COM library, you can use the resource session object's Clear method to clears the interface buffer: Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.
PAGE 68
3 Introduction to Programming Setting Up the Oscilloscope A typical oscilloscope setup configures the vertical range and offset voltage, the horizontal range, delay time, delay reference, trigger mode, trigger level, and slope. A typical example of the commands sent to the oscilloscope are: :CHANNEL1:PROBE 10; RANGE 16;OFFSET 1.
PAGE 69
3 Introduction to Programming Example Program This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope. ' Initialize the instrument interface to a known state. myScope.IO.Clear myScope.IO.Timeout = 15000 ' Set interface timeout to 15 seconds. ' Initialize the instrument to a preset state. myScope.WriteString "*RST" ' Set the time base mode to normal with the horizontal time at ' 50 ms/div with 0 s of delay referenced at the center of the ' graticule. myScope.
PAGE 70
3 Introduction to Programming Using the DIGITIZE Command The DIGITIZE command is a macro that captures data using the acquisition (ACQUIRE) subsystem. When the digitize process is complete, the acquisition is stopped. You can measure the captured data by using the oscilloscope or by transferring the data to a computer for further analysis. The captured data consists of two parts: the preamble and the waveform data record. After changing the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared.
PAGE 71
Introduction to Programming 3 The easiest method of receiving a digitized waveform depends on data structures, available formatting, and I/O capabilities. You must convert the data values to determine the voltage value of each point. These data values are passed starting with the left most point on the oscilloscope's display. For more information, refer to the chapter, "Waveform Commands." When using GPIB, you may abort a digitize operation by sending a Device Clear over the bus.
PAGE 72
3 Introduction to Programming Receiving Information from the Oscilloscope After receiving a query (a command header followed by a question mark), the oscilloscope places the answer in its output queue. The answer remains in the output queue until it is read or until another command is issued. When read, the answer is transmitted across the interface to the computer.
PAGE 73
Introduction to Programming 3 String Variable Example The output of the oscilloscope may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific commands for the formats and types of data returned from queries. NOTE Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same each time they are used. This example shows the data being returned to a string variable: Dim strRang As String myScope.
PAGE 74
3 Introduction to Programming Numeric Variable Example This example shows the data being returned to a numeric variable: Dim varRang As Variant myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:RANGe?" varRang = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.Print "Channel 1 range: " + FormatNumber(varRang, 0) After running this program, the computer displays: .
PAGE 75
Introduction to Programming 3 Definite-Length Block Response Data Definite- length block response data allows any type of device- dependent data to be transmitted over the system interface as a series of 8- bit binary data bytes. This is particularly useful for sending large quantities of data or 8- bit extended ASCII codes. The syntax is a pound sign ( # ) followed by a non- zero digit representing the number of digits in the decimal integer.
PAGE 76
3 Introduction to Programming Multiple Queries You can send multiple queries to the instrument within a single command string, but you must also read them back as a single query result. This can be accomplished by reading them back into a single string variable, multiple string variables, or multiple numeric variables. For example, to read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into a single string variable, you could use the commands: myScope.
PAGE 77
Introduction to Programming 3 Oscilloscope Status Status registers track the current status of the oscilloscope. By checking the oscilloscope status, you can find out whether an operation has completed and is receiving triggers. Chapter 6, “Status Reporting,” starting on page 95 explains how to check the status of the oscilloscope.
PAGE 78
3 78 Introduction to Programming Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 79
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces LAN Interface Connector 80 GPIB Interface Connector 81 Default Startup Conditions 82 Interface Capabilities 83 GPIB Command and Data Concepts 84 Communicating Over the GPIB Interface 85 Communicating Over the LAN Interface 86 Communicating via Telnet and Sockets 88 Bus Commands 90 There are several types of interfaces that can be used to remotely program the Infiniium oscilloscope including Local Area Netwo
PAGE 80
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces LAN Interface Connector The oscilloscope is equipped with a LAN interface RJ- 45 connector on the rear panel. This allows direct connect to your network. However, before you can use the LAN interface to program the oscilloscope, the network properties must be configured. Unless you are a Network Administrator, you should contact your Network Administrator to add the appropriate client, protocols, and configuration information for your LAN.
PAGE 81
LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces 4 GPIB Interface Connector The 90000A Series and 90000 X- Series oscilloscopes are equipped with a GPIB interface connector on the rear panel (the 90000Q- Series requires the N4865A GPIB- to- LAN adapter). This allows direct connection to a GPIB equipped computer. You can connect an external GPIB compatible device to the oscilloscope by installing a GPIB cable between the two units.
PAGE 82
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces Default Startup Conditions The following default conditions are established during power- up: • The Request Service (RQS) bit in the status byte register is set to zero. • All of the event registers are cleared. • The Standard Event Status Enable Register is set to 0xFF hex. • Service Request Enable Register is set to 0x80 hex. • The Operation Status Enable Register is set to 0xFFFF hex. • The Overload Event Enable Register is set to 0xFF hex.
PAGE 83
LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces 4 Interface Capabilities The interface capabilities of this oscilloscope, as defined by IEEE 488.1 and IEEE 488.2, are listed in Table 1.
PAGE 84
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces GPIB Command and Data Concepts The GPIB interface has two modes of operation: command mode and data mode. The interface is in the command mode when the Attention (ATN) control line is true. The command mode is used to send talk and listen addresses and various interface commands such as group execute trigger (GET). The interface is in the data mode when the ATN line is false. The data mode is used to convey device- dependent messages across the bus.
PAGE 85
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces Communicating Over the GPIB Interface Device addresses are sent by the computer in the command mode to specify who talks and who listens. Because GPIB can address multiple devices through the same interface card, the device address passed with the program message must include the correct interface select code and the correct oscilloscope address.
PAGE 86
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces Communicating Over the LAN Interface The device address used to send commands and receive data using the LAN interface is located in the Remote Setup dialog box (accessed by choosing Utilities > Remote Setup... from the Infiniium oscilloscope application's main menu) as shown below.
PAGE 87
LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces 4 /* Clear the interface */ iclear( Bus ); /* Query and print the oscilloscope's Id */ iwrite( Bus, "*IDN?", 5, 1, &actualcnt ); iread( Bus, buffer, BUFFER_SIZE, &reason, &actualcnt ); buffer[ actualcnt - 1 ] = 0; printf( "%s\\n", buffer ); iclose( Bus ); } } Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 87
PAGE 88
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces Communicating via Telnet and Sockets • "Telnet" on page 88 • "Sockets" on page 88 Telnet To open a connection to the oscilloscope via a telnet connection, use the following syntax in a command prompt: telnet Oscilloscope_IP_Address 5024 5024 is the port number and the name of the oscilloscope can be used in place of the IP address if desired. After typing the above command line, press enter and a SCPI command line interface will open.
PAGE 89
LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces 4 return NULL; } //Create the socket mySocket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCOP); if(mySocket == INVALID_SOCKET) { printf("Error at socket(): %ld\\n", WSAGetLastError()); WSACleanup(); return NULL; } sockaddr_in clientService; clientService.sin_family = AF_INET; clientService.sin.addr.s_addr = inet_addr(ipAddress); clientService.sin_port = htons(ipPort); if(connect(mySocket, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService ))) { printf("Failed to connect.
PAGE 90
4 LAN, USB, and GPIB Interfaces Bus Commands The following commands are IEEE 488.1 bus commands (ATN true). IEEE 488.2 defines many of the actions that are taken when these commands are received by the oscilloscope. Device Clear The device clear (DCL) and selected device clear (SDC) commands clear the input buffer and output queue, reset the parser, and clear any pending commands. If either of these commands is sent during a digitize operation, the digitize operation is aborted.
PAGE 91
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 5 Message Communication and System Functions Protocols 92 This chapter describes the operation of oscilloscopes that operate in compliance with the IEEE 488.2 (syntax) standard. It is intended to give you enough basic information about the IEEE 488.2 standard to successfully program the oscilloscope. You can find additional detailed information about the IEEE 488.2 standard in ANSI/IEEE Std 488.
PAGE 92
5 Message Communication and System Functions Protocols The message exchange protocols of IEEE 488.2 define the overall scheme used by the computer and the oscilloscope to communicate. This includes defining when it is appropriate for devices to talk or listen, and what happens when the protocol is not followed.
PAGE 93
Message Communication and System Functions 5 only talk when it has received a valid query message, and therefore has something to say. The computer should only attempt to read a response after sending a complete query message, but before sending another program message. NOTE Remember this Rule of Oscilloscope Communication The basic rule to remember is that the oscilloscope will only talk when prompted to, and it then expects to talk before being told to do something else.
PAGE 94
5 Message Communication and System Functions Table 2 Value Mnemonic Value Mnemonic 1E18 EX 1E-3 M 1E15 PE 1E-6 U 1E12 T 1E-9 N 1E9 G 1E-12 P 1E6 MA 1E-15 F 1E3 K 1E-18 A Suffix Unit The suffix units that the oscilloscope will accept are shown in Table 3.
PAGE 95
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 6 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures 98 Status Byte Register 100 Service Request Enable Register 102 Message Event Register 103 Trigger Event Register 104 Standard Event Status Register 105 Standard Event Status Enable Register 106 Operation Status Register 107 Operation Status Enable Register 108 Mask Test Event Register 109 Mask Test Event Enable Register 110 Acquisition Done Event Register 111 Process Done Event Register
PAGE 96
6 Status Reporting The Status Byte Register, the Standard Event Status Register group, and the Output Queue are defined as the Standard Status Data Structure Model in IEEE 488.2- 1987. IEEE 488.2 defines data structures, commands, and common bit definitions for status reporting. There are also oscilloscope- defined structures and bits. Figure 2 Status Reporting Overview Block Diagram The status reporting structure consists of the registers shown here.
PAGE 97
Status Reporting Table 4 6 Status Reporting Bit Definition (continued) Bit Description Definition DDE Device Dependent Error Indicates if the device was unable to complete an operation for device-dependent reasons. QYE Query Error Indicates if the protocol for queries has been violated. RQL Request Control Indicates if the device is requesting control. OPC Operation Complete Indicates if the device has completed all pending operations.
PAGE 98
6 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures The different status reporting data structures, descriptions, and interactions are shown in Figure 3. To make it possible for any of the Standard Event Status Register bits to generate a summary bit, you must enable the corresponding bits. These bits are enabled by using the *ESE common command to set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
PAGE 99
Status Reporting Figure 4 6 Status Reporting Data Structures (Continued) Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 99
PAGE 100
6 Status Reporting Status Byte Register The Status Byte Register is the summary- level register in the status reporting structure. It contains summary bits that monitor activity in the other status registers and queues. The Status Byte Register is a live register. That is, its summary bits are set and cleared by the presence and absence of a summary bit from other event registers or queues.
PAGE 101
6 Status Reporting The next program prints "0x84" and clears bit 6 (RQS) of the Status Byte Register. The difference in the decimal value between this example and the previous one is the value of bit 6 (weight = 64). Bit 6 is set when the first enabled summary bit is set, and is cleared when the Status Byte Register is read by the serial poll command. Example 2 The following example uses the resource session object's ReadSTB method to read the contents of the oscilloscope's Status Byte Register.
PAGE 102
6 Status Reporting Service Request Enable Register Setting the Service Request Enable Register bits enables corresponding bits in the Status Byte Register. These enabled bits can then set RQS and MSS (bit 6) in the Status Byte Register. Bits are set in the Service Request Enable Register using the *SRE command, and the bits that are set are read with the *SRE? query. Bit 6 always returns 0. Refer to the Status Reporting Data Structures shown in Figure 3.
PAGE 103
Status Reporting 6 Message Event Register This register sets the MSG bit in the status byte register when an internally generated message is written to the advisory line on the oscilloscope. The message is read using the :SYSTEM:DSP? query. Note that messages written to the advisory line on the oscilloscope using the :SYSTEM:DSP command does not set the MSG status bit.
PAGE 104
6 Status Reporting Trigger Event Register This register sets the TRG bit in the status byte register when a trigger event occurs. The trigger event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the TER? query or by using the *CLS (clear status) command. If your application needs to detect multiple triggers, the trigger event register must be cleared after each one.
PAGE 105
6 Status Reporting Standard Event Status Register The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) monitors the following oscilloscope status events: • PON - Power On • CME - Command Error • EXE - Execution Error • DDE - Device Dependent Error • QYE - Query Error • RQC - Request Control • OPC - Operation Complete When one of these events occurs, the corresponding bit is set in the register.
PAGE 106
6 Status Reporting Standard Event Status Enable Register For any of the Standard Event Status Register bits to generate a summary bit, you must first enable the bit. Use the *ESE (Event Status Enable) common command to set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Set bits are read with the *ESE? query. Example Suppose your application requires an interrupt whenever any type of error occurs.
PAGE 107
Status Reporting 6 Operation Status Register This register hosts the following bits: • ACQ DONE bit 0 • PROC DONE bit 1 • WAIT TRIG bit 5 • MASK bit 9 • AUTO TRIG bit 11 • OVLR bit 12 The ACQ DONE done bit is set by the Acquisition Done Event Register. The PROC DONE bit is set by the Process Done Event Register and indicates that all functions and all math processes are done. The WAIT TRIG bit is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates the trigger is armed.
PAGE 108
6 Status Reporting Operation Status Enable Register For any of the Operation Status Register bits to generate a summary bit, you must first enable the bit. Use the OPEE (Operation Event Status Enable) command to set the corresponding bit in the Operation Status Enable Register. Set bits are read with the OPEE? query. Example Suppose your application requires an interrupt whenever any event occurs in the mask test register. The error status bit in the Operation Status Register is bit 9.
PAGE 109
Status Reporting 6 Mask Test Event Register This register hosts the following bits: • Mask Test Complete bit (bit 0) • Mask Test Fail bit (bit 1) • Mask Low Amplitude bit (bit 2) • Mask High Amplitude bit (bit 3) • Mask Align Complete bit (bit 4) • Mask Align Fail bit (bit 5) The Mask Test Complete bit is set whenever the mask test is complete. The Mask Test Fail bit is set whenever the mask test failed. The Mask Low Amplitude bit is set whenever the signal is below the mask amplitude.
PAGE 110
6 Status Reporting Mask Test Event Enable Register For any of the Mask Test Event Register bits to generate a summary bit, you must first enable the bit. Use the MTEE (Mask Test Event Enable) command to set the corresponding bit in the Mask Test Event Enable Register. Set bits are read with the MTEE? query. Example Suppose your application requires an interrupt whenever a Mask Test Fail occurs in the mask test register. You can enable this bit to generate the summary bit by sending: myScope.
PAGE 111
6 Status Reporting Acquisition Done Event Register The Acquisition Done Event Register (ACQ DONE) sets bit 0 (ACQ DONE bit) in the Operation Status Register when the oscilloscope acquisition is completed. The ACQ DONE event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register by a ADER? query. If your application needs to detect multiple acquisitions, the ACQ DONE event register must be cleared after each acquisition.
PAGE 112
6 Status Reporting Process Done Event Register The Process Done Event Register (PDER) sets bit 1 (PROC DONE) of the Operation Status Register when all functions and all math operations are completed. The PDER bit stays set until cleared by a PDER? query.
PAGE 113
6 Status Reporting Trigger Armed Event Register The Trigger Armed Event Register (TDER) sets bit 5 (WAIT TRIG) in the Operation Status Register when the oscilloscope becomes armed. The ARM event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the AER? query. If your application needs to detect multiple triggers, the ARM event register must be cleared after each one.
PAGE 114
6 Status Reporting Auto Trigger Event Register The Auto Trigger Event Register (AUTO TRIG) sets bit 11 (AUTO TRIG) in the Operation Status Register when an auto trigger event occurs. The AUTO TRIG register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the ATER? query. If the application needs to detect multiple auto trigger events, the AUT TRIG register must be cleared after each one.
PAGE 115
Status Reporting 6 Error Queue As errors are detected, they are placed in an error queue. This queue is a first- in, first- out queue. If the error queue overflows, the last error in the queue is replaced with error - 350, "Queue overflow." Any time the queue overflows, the oldest errors remain in the queue, and the most recent error is discarded. The length of the oscilloscope's error queue is 30 (29 positions for the error messages, and 1 position for the "Queue overflow" message).
PAGE 116
6 Status Reporting Output Queue The output queue stores the oscilloscope- to- controller responses that are generated by certain oacilloscope commands and queries. The output queue generates the Message Available summary bit when the output queue contains one or more bytes. This summary bit sets the MAV bit (bit 4) in the Status Byte Register. When using the Agilent VISA COM library, the output queue may be read with the FormattedIO488 object's ReadString, ReadNumber, ReadList, or ReadIEEEBlock methods.
PAGE 117
Status Reporting 6 Message Queue The message queue contains the text of the last message written to the advisory line on the screen of the oscilloscope. The queue is read with the :SYSTEM:DSP? query. Note that messages sent with the :SYSTEM:DSP command do not set the MSG status bit in the Status Byte Register.
PAGE 118
6 Status Reporting Clearing Registers and Queues The *CLS common command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue. If *CLS is sent immediately following a program message terminator, the output queue is also cleared.
PAGE 119
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Programming Flow 120 Setting Up the Oscilloscope 121 Acquiring a Waveform 122 Retrieving Results 123 Acquisition Synchronization 124 Single Shot Device Under Test (DUT) 126 Averaging Acquisition Synchronization 128 When remotely controlling an oscilloscope with SCPI commands, it is often necessary to know when the oscilloscope has finished the previous operation and is ready for the next SCPI command.
PAGE 120
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Programming Flow Most remote programming follows these three general steps: 1 Setup the oscilloscope and device under test 2 Acquire a waveform 3 Retrieve results 120 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 121
Remote Acquisition Synchronization 7 Setting Up the Oscilloscope Before making changes to the oscilloscope setup, it is best to make sure it is stopped using the :STOP command followed by the *OPC? command. NOTE It is not necessary to use the *OPC? command, hard coded waits, or status checking when setting up the oscilloscope. After the oscilloscope is configured, it is ready for an acquisition.
PAGE 122
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Acquiring a Waveform When acquiring a waveform, there are two possible methods used to wait for the acquisition to complete. These methods are blocking and polling. The table below details when each method should be chosen and why. Blocking Wait Polling Wait Use When You know the oscilloscope will trigger based on the oscilloscope setup and device under test. You know the oscilloscope may or may not trigger based on the oscilloscope setup and device under test.
PAGE 123
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Retrieving Results Once the acquisition is complete, it is safe to retrieve measurements and statistics.
PAGE 124
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Acquisition Synchronization • "Blocking Synchronization" on page 124 • "Polling Synchronization With Timeout" on page 124 Blocking Synchronization Use the :DIGitize command to start the acquisition. This blocks subsequent queries until the acquisition and processing is complete.
PAGE 125
Remote Acquisition Synchronization 7 :MEASURE:RISETIME? } Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 125
PAGE 126
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Single Shot Device Under Test (DUT) The examples in the previous section (Acquisition Synchronization) assumed the DUT is continually running and, therefore, the oscilloscope will have more than one opportunity to trigger. With a single shot DUT, there is only one opportunity for the oscilloscope to trigger so it is necessary for the oscilloscope to be armed and ready before the DUT is enabled.
PAGE 127
Remote Acquisition Synchronization 7 :MEASURE:RISETIME? } Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 127
PAGE 128
7 Remote Acquisition Synchronization Averaging Acquisition Synchronization When averaging, it is necessary to know when the average count has been reached. Since an ADER/PDER event occurs for every acquisition in the average count, these commands cannot be used. The :SINGle command does not average. If it is known that a trigger will occur, a :DIG will acquire the complete number of averages, but if the number of averages is large, it may cause a timeout on the connection.
PAGE 129
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 8 Programming Conventions Truncation Rule 130 The Command Tree 131 Infinity Representation 134 Sequential and Overlapped Commands 135 Response Generation 136 EOI 137 This chapter describes conventions used to program the Infiniium- Series Oscilloscopes, and conventions used throughout this manual. A description of the command tree and command tree traversal is also included.
PAGE 130
8 Programming Conventions Truncation Rule The truncation rule is used to produce the short form (abbreviated spelling) for the mnemonics used in the programming headers and parameter arguments. NOTE Command Truncation Rule The mnemonic is the first four characters of the keyword, unless the fourth character is a vowel. Then the mnemonic is the first three characters of the keyword.
PAGE 131
8 Programming Conventions The Command Tree The command tree in this document's table of contents shows all of the commands in the Infiniium- Series Oscilloscopes and the relationship of the commands to each other. The IEEE 488.2 common commands are not part of the command tree because they do not affect the position of the parser within the tree.
PAGE 132
8 Programming Conventions NOTE Tree Traversal Rules A leading colon or a program message terminator ( or EOI true on the last byte) places the parser at the root of the command tree. A leading colon is a colon that is the first character of a program header. Executing a subsystem command places the oscilloscope in that subsystem until a leading colon or a program message terminator is found. In the command tree, use the last mnemonic in the compound header as a reference point (for example, RANGE).
PAGE 133
Programming Conventions 8 In this example, the leading colon before CHANNEL1 tells the parser to go back to the root of the command tree. The parser can then recognize the :CHANNEL1:OFFSET command and enter the correct node.
PAGE 134
8 Programming Conventions Infinity Representation The representation for infinity for this oscilloscope is 9.99999E+37. This is also the value returned when a measurement cannot be made.
PAGE 135
Programming Conventions 8 Sequential and Overlapped Commands IEEE 488.2 makes a distinction between sequential and overlapped commands. Sequential commands finish their task before the execution of the next command starts. Overlapped commands run concurrently. Commands following an overlapped command may be started before the overlapped command is completed.
PAGE 136
8 Programming Conventions Response Generation As defined by IEEE 488.2, query responses may be buffered for these reasons: • When the query is parsed by the oscilloscope. • When the computer addresses the oscilloscope to talk so that it may read the response. This oscilloscope buffers responses to a query when the query is parsed.
PAGE 137
Programming Conventions 8 EOI The EOI bus control line follows the IEEE 488.2 standard without exception.
PAGE 138
8 138 Programming Conventions Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 139
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:AVERage 140 :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt 141 :ACQuire:BANDwidth 142 :ACQuire:COMPlete 144 :ACQuire:COMPlete:STATe 146 :ACQuire:INTerpolate 147 :ACQuire:MODE 148 :ACQuire:POINts 150 :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO 154 :ACQuire:REDGe 155 :ACQuire:RESPonse 156 :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt 157 :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex 158 :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs 159 :ACQuire:SRATe 160 :ACQuire:SRATe:AUTO 162 The ACQuire subsystem commands set up condi
PAGE 140
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:AVERage Command :ACQuire:AVERage {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :ACQuire:AVERage command enables or disables averaging. When ON, the oscilloscope acquires multiple data values for each time bucket, and averages them. When OFF, averaging is disabled. To set the number of averages, use the :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt command described next. Averaging is not available in PDETect mode. The :MTESt:AVERage command performs the same function as this command.
PAGE 141
Acquire Commands 9 :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt Command :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt The :ACQuire:[AVERage:]COUNt command sets the number of averages for the waveforms. In the AVERage mode, the :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket. The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command performs the same function as this command.
PAGE 142
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:BANDwidth (Enhanced bandwidth or noise reduction option only) Command NOTE This command is only available with Enhanced Bandwidth or Noise Reduction options. :ACQuire:BANDwidth {AUTO | MAX | } The :ACQuire:BANDwidth command changes the bandwidth frequency control for the acquisition system. • AUTO — The bandwidth is automatically selected based on the sample rate setting in order to make a good a trade- off between bandwidth, noise, and aliasing.
PAGE 143
Acquire Commands Query 9 :ACQuire:BANDwidth? The :ACQuire:BANDwidth? query returns the bandwidth setting of the bandwidth control.
PAGE 144
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete Command :ACQuire:COMPlete The :ACQuire:COMPlete command specifies how many of the data point storage bins (time buckets) in the waveform record must contain a waveform sample before a measurement will be made. For example, if the command :ACQuire:COMPlete 60 has been sent, 60% of the storage bins in the waveform record must contain a waveform data sample before a measurement is made.
PAGE 145
Acquire Commands Example 9 This example reads the completion criteria and places the result in the variable, varPercent. Then, it prints the content of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.WriteString ":ACQUIRE:COMPLETE?" varPercent = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 146
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete:STATe Command :ACQuire:COMPlete:STATe {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ACQuire:COMPlete:STATe command specifies the state of the :ACQuire:COMPlete mode. This mode is used to make a tradeoff between how often equivalent time waveforms are measured, and how much new data is included in the waveform record when a measurement is made. This command has no effect when the oscilloscope is in real time mode because the entire record is filled on every trigger.
PAGE 147
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:INTerpolate Command :ACQuire:INTerpolate {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0} | INT1 | INT2 | INT4 | INT8 | INT16} The :ACQuire:INTerpolate command turns the sin(x)/x interpolation filter on or off when the oscilloscope is in one of the real time sampling modes. You can also specify the 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 point Sin(x)/x interpolation ratios using INT1, INT2, INT4, INT8, or INT16. When ON, the number of interpolation points is automatically determined.
PAGE 148
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:MODE Command :ACQuire:MODE {ETIMe | RTIMe | PDETect | HRESolution | SEGMented | SEGPdetect | SEGHres} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. Sampling mode can be Real Time Normal, Real Time Peak Detect, or Real Time High Resolution. ETIMe In Equivalent Time mode, available on 90000A Series oscilloscopes, the data record is acquired over multiple trigger events.
PAGE 149
Acquire Commands 9 Sampling Rate Number of Samples = Storage Rate This number determines how many samples are averaged together to form the 16- bit samples that are stored into the channel memories. SEGMented In this sampling mode you can view waveform events that are separated by long periods of time without capturing waveform events that are not of interest to you. SEGPdetect Enables Peak Detect Segmented mode. SEGHres Enables High Resolution Segmented mode.
PAGE 150
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:POINts (Memory depth) Command :ACQuire:POINts {AUTO | } The :ACQuire:POINts command sets the requested memory depth for an acquisition. Before you download data from the oscilloscope to your computer, always query the points value with the :WAVeform:POINts? query or :WAVeform:PREamble? query to determine the actual number of acquired points.
PAGE 151
Acquire Commands Table 7 500 M Memory Option Installed (continued) Sampling mode and sample rate Trigger Sweep Single Auto or Triggered High Resolution Mode at < full sample rate 16 to 512,500,000 16 to 256,250,000 Peak Detect Mode at < full sample rate 16 to 256,250,000 16 to 128,125,000 Equivalent Time Mode 16 to 262,144 Table 8 200 M Memory Option Installed Sampling mode and sample rate Trigger Sweep Single Normal, Peak Detect (full sample rate), and High Resolution Modes 16 to 205,000
PAGE 152
9 Acquire Commands Table 10 50 M Memory Option Installed Sampling mode and sample rate Trigger Sweep Single Auto or Triggered Normal, Peak Detect (full sample rate), and High Resolution modes 16 to 51,250,000 Normal and High Resolution modes with averaging 16 to 2,050,000 Peak Detect Mode at < full sample rate 16 to 51,250,000 Equivalent Time Mode 16 to 262,144 Table 11 20 M Memory Option Installed Sampling mode and sample rate Trigger Sweep Single Auto or Triggered Normal, Peak Detect (full
PAGE 153
Acquire Commands Query 9 :ACQuire:POINts? The :ACQuire:POINts? query returns the value of the memory depth control. Returned Format Example [:ACQuire:POINts] This example checks the current setting for memory depth and places the result in the variable, Length. Then the program prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.WriteString ":ACQUIRE:POINTS?" varLength = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 154
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO Command :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO {{ON | 1} |{OFF | 0}} The :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO command enables (automatic) or disables (manual) the automatic memory depth selection control. When enabled, the oscilloscope chooses a memory depth that optimizes the amount of waveform data and the display update rate. When disabled, you can select the amount of memory using the :ACQuire:POINts command. Example This example sets the automatic memory depth control to off. myScope.
PAGE 155
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:REDGe (RealEdge Channel Inputs) Command NOTE This command is available for the 50 GHz and 63 GHz bandwidth models of the 90000 Q-Series oscilloscopes family. :ACQuire:REDGe {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ACQuire:REDGe command enables or disables the RealEdge channel inputs.
PAGE 156
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:RESPonse Command :ACQuire:RESPonse {FLATmag | GAUSsianmag} The Flat Magnitude filter is the default one and is the filter typically used on Infiniium oscilloscopes. The Gaussian Magnitude filter eliminates all ringing (preshoot or overshoot) caused by the oscilloscope's response. Therefore, any ringing you see in the displayed signal is actually in your signal and is not caused by the oscilloscope.
PAGE 157
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt Command :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <#segments> The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of segments to acquire in the segmented memory mode. <#sements> Example An integer representing the number of segments to acquire. This example sets the segmented memory count control to 1000. myScope.WriteString ":ACQUIRE:SEGMented:COUNt 1000" Query :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt? The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNT? query returns the number of segments control value.
PAGE 158
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex Command :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index number for the segment that you want to display on screen in the segmented memory mode. If an index value larger than the total number of acquired segments is sent, an error occurs indicating that the data is out of range and the segment index is set to the maximum segment number.
PAGE 159
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs Command :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs command turns the time tags feature on or off for the segmented memory sampling mode. Example This example turns the time tags on for segmented memory. myScope.WriteString ":ACQUIRE:SEGMented:TTAGs ON" Query :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs? The :ACQuire:SEGMented:TTAGs? query returns the segmented memory time tags control value.
PAGE 160
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe (Sample Rate) Command :ACQuire:SRATe {AUTO | MAX | } The :ACQuire:SRATe command sets the acquisition sampling rate. AUTO The AUTO rate allows the oscilloscope to select a sample rate that best accommodates the selected memory depth and horizontal scale. MAX The MAX rate enables the oscilloscope to select maximum available sample rate. A real number representing the sample rate.
PAGE 161
9 Acquire Commands SRATe Sample Rate Tables The following tables show the range of point values for the different oscilloscope modes and model numbers. Table 12 91304A, 91204A, 90804A Models Sample Rate Values (in Sa/s)Normal Sampling Mode 10 20 25 40 50 100 200 250 400 500 1k 2k 2.5k 4k 5k 10k 20k 25k 40k 50k 100k 200k 250k 400k 500k 1M 2M 2.5M 4M 5M 10M 20M 25M 40M 50M 100 M 125 M 200 M 250 M 400 M 500 M 1G 1.25 G 2G 2.
PAGE 162
9 Acquire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe:AUTO Command :ACQuire:SRATe:AUTO {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ACQuire:SRATe:AUTO command enables (ON) or disables (OFF) the automatic sampling rate selection control. On the oscilloscope front- panel interface, ON is equivalent to Automatic and OFF is equivalent to Manual. Example This example changes the sampling rate to manual. myScope.
PAGE 163
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 10 Bus Commands :BUS:B:TYPE 164 NOTE The BUS commands only apply to the Oscilloscopes with serial data analyse option installed.
PAGE 164
10 Bus Commands :BUS:B:TYPE Command :BUS:B:TYPE This BUS command only applies to oscilloscopes with the serial data analysis option installed. NOTE The :BUS:B:TYPE command sets the type of protocol being analyzed for a seral bus waveform.
PAGE 165
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 11 Calibration Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut 167 :CALibrate:SKEW 168 :CALibrate:STATus? 169 This chapter briefly explains the calibration of the oscilloscope. It is intended to give you and the calibration lab personnel an understanding of the calibration procedure and how the calibration subsystem is intended to be used.
PAGE 166
11 Calibration Commands To achieve the specified accuracy (±2%) with a probe connected to a channel, make sure the oscilloscope is calibrated. • For probes that the oscilloscope can identify through the probe power connector, like the 1158A, the oscilloscope automatically adjusts the vertical scale factors for that channel even if a probe calibration is not performed. • For nonidentified probes, the oscilloscope adjusts the vertical scale factors only if a probe calibration is performed.
PAGE 167
11 Calibration Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut Command :CALibrate:OUTPut {{AC | TRIGOUT} | {DC,}} The :CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the coupling frequency, trigger output pulse, and dc level of the calibrator waveform output through the front- panel Aux Out connector. To trigger other instruments, use the TRIGOUT setting to cause the oscilloscope to send a pulse when the trigger event occurs. The AC sets the Aux Out to be the probe compensation square wave (approximately 750 Hz).
PAGE 168
11 Calibration Commands :CALibrate:SKEW Command :CALibrate:SKEW CHANnel, The :CALibrate:SKEW command sets the channel- to- channel skew factor for a channel. The numeric argument is a real number in seconds, which is added to the current time base position to shift the position of the channel's data in time. Use this command to compensate for differences in the electrical lengths of input paths due to cabling and probes. Example An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 169
11 Calibration Commands :CALibrate:STATus? Query :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the calibration status of the oscilloscope. These are ten, comma- separated integers, with 1, 0, or - 1. A "1" indicates pass, a "0" indicates fail and a "- 1" indicates unused. This matches the status in the Calibration dialog box in the Utilities menu.
PAGE 170
11 Calibration Commands 170 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 171
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:BWLimit 173 :CHANnel:COMMonmode 174 :CHANnel:DIFFerential 175 :CHANnel:DIFFerential:SKEW 176 :CHANnel:DISPlay 177 :CHANnel:DISPlay:AUTO 178 :CHANnel:DISPlay:OFFSet 179 :CHANnel:DISPlay:RANGe 180 :CHANnel:DISPlay:SCALe 181 :CHANnel:INPut 182 :CHANnel:ISIM:APPLy 183 :CHANnel:ISIM:BANDwidth 184 :CHANnel:ISIM:BWLimit 185 :CHANnel:ISIM:CONVolve 186 :CHANnel:ISIM:CORRectio
PAGE 172
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD 210 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:DELete ALL 211 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect 212 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:VTERm 213 :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? 214 :CHANnel:PROBe:MODE 215 :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:BANDwidth 216 :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:CALibration 217 :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE 218 :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:ZSRC 219 :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW 221 :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe 222 :CHANnel:RANGe 223 :CHANnel:SCALe 224 :CHANnel:UNITs 225 The CHANnel subsyste
PAGE 173
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:BWLimit Command :CHANnel:BWLimit {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:BWLimit command controls the low- pass filter. When ON, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited. The bandwidth filter can be used with either AC or DC coupling. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets the internal low- pass filter t "ON" for channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 174
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:COMMonmode Command :CHANnel:COMMonmode {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:COMMonmode command turns on/off common mode for the channel. Channels 2 and 4 may form a common mode channel and Channels 1 and 3 may form a common mode channel. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example turns channel 1 common mode channel on (channel 1 + channel 3). myScope.
PAGE 175
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:DIFFerential Command :CHANnel:DIFFerential {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:DIFFerential command turns on/off differential mode for the channel. Channels 1 and 3 may form a differential channel and Channels 2 and 4 may form a differential channel. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example turns channel 1 differential on (channel 1 - channel 3). myScope.
PAGE 176
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:DIFFerential:SKEW Command :CHANnel:DIFFerential:SKEW The :CHANnel:DIFFerential:SKEW command sets the skew that is applied to the differential or common mode pair of channels. A real number for the skew value Example This example sets the skew applied to the channel 1 - channel 3 differential channel to 10 μs. myScope.
PAGE 177
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:DISPlay Command :CHANnel:DISPlay {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off. You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 178
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:DISPlay:AUTO Command :CHANnel:DISPlay:AUTO {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:DISPlay:AUTO command sets the differential and common mode display scale and offset to track the acquisition scale and offset. NOTE An integer, 1 - 4 You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 179
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:DISPlay:OFFSet Command :CHANnel:DISPlay:OFFSet The :CHANnel:DISPlay:OFFSet command sets the displayed offset of the selected channel. Setting the display range turns off display auto. NOTE A real number for the value variable You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 180
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:DISPlay:RANGe Command :CHANnel:DISPlay:RANGe The :CHANnel:DISPlay:RANGe command sets the full scale vertical range of the display of the selected channel. Setting the display range turns off display auto. NOTE A real number for the range value You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 181
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:DISPlay:SCALe Command :CHANnel:DISPlay:SCALe The :CHANnel:DISPlay:SCALe command sets the displayed scale of the selected channel per division. Setting the display range turns off display auto. NOTE A real number for the scale value You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 182
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:INPut Command :CHANnel:INPut {DC50 | DCFifty} The :CHANnel:INPut command selects the input coupling and impedance for the specified channel and is always DC coupling, 50Ω input impedance. This command is provided for compatibility with other Infiniium oscilloscopes. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example sets the channel 1 input to DC50. myScope.
PAGE 183
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:APPLy Command :CHANnel:ISIM:APPLy "" This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:APPLy command applies a pre- computed transfer function to the waveform. If InfiniiSim is in 2 port mode, the file must be a .tf2 file. If in 4 port mode, the file must be a .tf4 file. Use the ISIM:STATe command to enable InfiniiSim before issuing the APPLy command.
PAGE 184
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:BANDwidth Command :CHANnel:ISIM:BANDwidth This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:BANDwidth command sets the Bandwidth Limit field in the InfiniiSim GUI to a desired value (sets the bandwidth limit cutoff frequency). The CHANnel:ISIM:BWLimit command turns this feature on or off. Please refer to the InfiniiSim User's Guide on your oscilloscope or on Agilent.
PAGE 185
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:ISIM:BWLimit Command :CHANnel:ISIM:BWLimit {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:BWLimit command activates or deactivates the Bandwidth Limit field in the InfiniiSim GUI. This field sets the bandwidth limit cutoff frequency. The CHANnel:ISIM:BANDwidth command sets the value to be used when this field is activated.
PAGE 186
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:CONVolve Command :CHANnel:ISIM:CONVolve , {OFF | ON} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:CONVolve command convolves the indicated S- parameter file with the waveform. This command only uses a single S21 component block. If a .s4p file is indicated, ports 1 and 2 are used assuming a 1- 2, 3- 4 port numbering for 4 port files.
PAGE 187
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:ISIM:CORRection Command :CHANnel:ISIM:CORRection This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:CORRection command sets the amount of linearly scaled correction applied to the non- DC frequency components of the measured signal. This lets you trade off the amount of correction to apply via the transformation function versus the increase in noise it may create at higher frequencies.
PAGE 188
12 Channel Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTem:HEADer OFF" myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:ISIM:CORRection?" varIsimCorrection = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 189
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:ISIM:DEConvolve Command :CHANnel:ISIM:DEConvolve , {OFF | ON} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:DEConvolve command deconvolves the indicated S- parameter file with the waveform. This command only uses a single S21 component block. If a .s4p file is indicated, ports 1 and 2 are used assuming a 1- 2, 3- 4 port numbering for 4 port files.
PAGE 190
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:DELay Command :CHANnel:ISIM:DElay {OFF | ON} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE If the :CHANnel:ISIM:DELay command is turned on, the transfer function delay is included in the resultant waveform. Consult the InfiniiSim User's Guide in the Manuals section of the GUI help system for more information. You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 191
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:ISIM:PEXTraction Command :CHANnel:ISIM:PEXTraction {P12 | P32 | P34 | P14 | DIFFerential | COMMonmode} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:PEXTraction command selects the InfiniiSim port extraction. The selections are: • P12 — Use ports 1 - > 2, only valid for channels 1 and 2. • P32 — Use ports 3 - > 2, only valid for channels 1 and 2.
PAGE 192
12 Channel Commands strMode = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 193
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:SPAN Command :CHANnel:ISIM:SPAN This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:SPAN command sets the maximum time span control in the InfiniiSim Setup dialog box. You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 194
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:ISIM:STATe Command :CHANnel:ISIM:STATe {OFF | PORT2 | PORT4} This CHANnel command only applies if you have purchased the InfiniiSim software application. NOTE The :CHANnel:ISIM:STATe command turns InfiniiSim on or off and sets whether 2 port or 4 port mode is being used (if it is turned on). You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 195
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:LABel Command :CHANnel:LABel The :CHANnel:LABel command sets the channel label to the quoted strin g. You can specify differential and/or common mode channels using the following convention.
PAGE 196
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:OFFSet Command :CHANnel:OFFSet The :CHANnel:OFFSet command sets the vertical value that is represented at the center of the display for the selected channel. Offset parameters are probe and vertical scale dependent. Example An integer, 1 - 4 A real number for the offset value at center screen.
PAGE 197
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe Command :CHANnel:PROBe [,{RATio | DECibel}] The :CHANnel:PROBe command sets the probe attenuation factor and the units (ratio or decibels) for the probe attenuation factor for a user- defined probe. The DECibel and RATio parameters also set the "mode" for the probe attenuation. These parameters, along with attenuation factor, determine the scaling of the display and affect automatic measurements and trigger levels.
PAGE 198
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL Command :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL {AUTO | OFF | PRECprobe} The :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL command sets the type of AC response probe calibration to use: • OFF — no AC response probe calibration is used. • AUTO — the AC response probe calibration is based on the type of probe being used and its general characteristics. • PRECprobe — PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable probe calibration is used.
PAGE 199
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:ATTenuation Command :CHANnel:PROBe:ATTenuation {DIV1 | DIV10} This command is only valid for the 1154A probe. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:ATTenuation command sets the 1154A probe's input amplifier attenuation. If the 1154A probe is not connected to the channel you will get a settings conflict error. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets the probe attenuation for channel 1 to divide by 10. myScope.
PAGE 200
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:AUTozero Command :CHANnel:PROBe:AUTozero This command is currently only valid for the N2893A probe. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:AUTOzero command initiates the N2893A probe's auto degauss/ offset cal. If the N2893A probe is not connected to the channel you will get a settings conflict error. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example performs an auto zero operation for the probe on channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 201
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling Command :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling {DC | AC} The :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling command sets the coupling to either AC or DC. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets the probe coupling for channel 1 to AC. myScope.WriteString ":CHANNEL1:PROBE:COUPling AC" Query :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling? The :CHANnel:PROBe:COUPling? query returns the current probe coupling setting for the selected channel.
PAGE 202
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:EADapter Command :CHANnel:PROBe:EADapter {NONE | DIV10 | DIV20 | DIV100} This command is valid only for the 1153A, 1154A, and 1159A probes. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:EADapter command sets the probe external adapter control. The 1153A, 1154A, and 1159A probes have external adapters that you can attach to the end of your probe.
PAGE 203
Channel Commands 12 Dim strAdapter As String 'Dimension variable myScope.WriteString ":CHANNEL1:PROBE:EADAPTER?" strAdapter = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 204
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:ECOupling Command :CHANnel:PROBe:ECOupling {NONE | AC} This command is valid only for the 1153A, 1154A, and 1159A probes. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:ECOupling command sets the probe external coupling adapter control. The 1154A and 1159A probes have external coupling adapters that you can attach to the end of your probe.
PAGE 205
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal Command :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal command sets the external probe mode to on or off. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets channel 1 external probe mode to on. myScope.WriteString ":CHANNEL1:PROBE:EXTERNAL ON" Query :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal? The :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal? query returns the current external probe mode for the specified channel.
PAGE 206
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:GAIN Command :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:GAIN [,{RATio | DECibel}] CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal command must be set to ON before issuing this command or query or this command will have no effect. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:GAIN command sets the probe external scaling gain factor and, optionally, the units for the probe gain factor.
PAGE 207
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:OFFSet Command :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:OFFSet CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal command must be set to ON before issuing this command or query or this command will have no effect. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:OFFSet command sets the external vertical value for the probe that is represented at the center of the display for the selected channel. Offset parameters are probe and vertical scale dependent.
PAGE 208
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:UNITs Command :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:UNITs {VOLT | AMPere | WATT | UNKNown} CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal command must be set to ON before issuing this command or query or this command will have no effect. UNITs can also be set using the CHANnel:UNITs command. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:UNITs command sets the probe external vertical units on the specified channel. You can specify Y- axis units of VOLTs, AMPs, WATTs, or UNKNown.
PAGE 209
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:GAIN Command :CHANnel:PROBe:GAIN {X1 | X10} This command is valid only for the 1154A probe. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:GAIN command sets the 1154A probe input amplifier gain. If an 1154A probe is not connected to the channel you will get a settings conflict error. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets the probe gain for channel 1 to times 10. myScope.
PAGE 210
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD Command :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD "head", ["label"] The :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD command adds an entry to the list of probe heads. An integer, 1 - 4 "head" A quoted string matching the probe head model such as "N5381A", "E2678A", etc. "label" An optional quoted string for the head label. Example This example adds the probe head N5381A to the list of probe heads for channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 211
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:DELete ALL Command :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:DELete ALL The :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:DELete ALL command deletes all the nodes in the list of probe heads except for one default probe head which remains after this command is executed. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example deletes the entire list of probe heads for channel 1 except for the default head. myScope.
PAGE 212
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect Command :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect { | } The :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect command selects the probe head being used from a list of possible probe head choices. You can select by the position number in the list of probe heads, or you can select by the label given when the probe head was added. Example An integer, 1 - 4 Specifies the number of the head (or position) in the configure list.
PAGE 213
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:VTERm Command :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:VTERm {FLOating | EXTernal | {INTernal,}} The :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:VTERm command sets the termination voltage for the N5444A probe head. Example An integer, 1 - 4. A real number for the internal termination voltage setting. To set an internal termination voltage of - 1.0 V: myScope.WriteString ":CHANnel1:PROBe:HEAD:VTERm INTernal,-1.
PAGE 214
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? Query :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? The :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel. Returned Format Example An integer, 1 - 4 [:CHANnel:PROBe:ID] A string of alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 215
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:MODE Command :CHANnel:PROBe:MODE {DIFF | SEA | SEB | CM} This command is currently only valid for the N2750A probe. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:MODE command sets the N2750A probe's InfiniiMode configuration. If the N2750A probe is not connected to the channel you will get a settings conflict error. Example An integer, 1 - 4 This example sets the probe InfiniiMode for channel 1 to common mode. myScope.
PAGE 216
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:BANDwidth Command :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:BANDwidth {AUTO | {MANual, } | {BOOSt, }} The :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:BANDwidth command specifies how the limit of PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable correction/boosting is determined. An integer, 1 - 4. AUTO PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable normally sets the bandwidth to a value that has a small amount of boosting in the frequency response.
PAGE 217
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:CALibration Command :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:CALibration The :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:CALibration command specifies the name of the PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable calibration to use for the specified channel and probe. An integer, 1 - 4. A quoted string that is the name of the PrecisionProbe or Precision Cable calibration.
PAGE 218
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE Command :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE {PROBe | CABLe} The :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE command chooses between PrecisionProbe or PrecisionCable AC response probe calibration. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example chooses PrecisionProbe calibration for the probe on channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 219
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:ZSRC Command :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:ZSRC {VIN | {VSRC, } | {VSRC, }} The :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:ZSRC command specifies how PrecisionProbe characterizes the time domain and frequency domain response. VIN An integer, 1 - 4. Selects the VOut/Vin probe transfer function (which characterizes the output of the probe as a function of the input at the probe tips).
PAGE 220
12 Channel Commands See Also • ":CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL" on page 198 • ":CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE" on page 218 • ":CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:CALibration" on page 217 • ":CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:BANDwidth" on page 216 220 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 221
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW Command :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW The :CHANnel:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel- to- channel skew factor for the specified channel. You can use the oscilloscope's probe skew control to remove timing differences between probes or cables on different channels. Example An integer, 1 - 4 A real number for the skew value, in the range - 1 ms to +1 ms. This example sets the probe skew for channel 1 to 10 μs. myScope.
PAGE 222
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe Command :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe {DIFFerential | SINGle} This command is valid only for the 113xA series probes, 1168A probe, and 1169A probe. NOTE The :CHANnel:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single- ended when using the 113xA series probes, 1168A probe, and 1169A probe. This setting determines how offset is applied.
PAGE 223
Channel Commands 12 :CHANnel:RANGe Command :CHANnel:RANGe The :CHANnel:RANGe command defines the full- scale vertical axis of the selected channel. It sets up acquisition and display hardware to display the waveform at a given range scale. The values represent the full- scale deflection factor of the vertical axis in volts. These values change as the probe attenuation factor is changed.
PAGE 224
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:SCALe Command :CHANnel:SCALe The :CHANnel:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel. This command is the same as the front- panel channel scale. Example An integer, 1 - 4 A real number for the vertical scale of the channel in units per division. This example sets the scale value for channel 1 to 500 mV/div. myScope.
PAGE 225
12 Channel Commands :CHANnel:UNITs Command :CHANnel:UNITs {VOLT | AMPere | WATT | UNKNown} UNITs can also be set using the CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal:UNITs command when CHANnel:PROBe:EXTernal command has been set to ON. NOTE The :CHANnel:UNITs command sets the vertical units. You can specify Y- axis units of VOLTs, AMPs, WATTs, or UNKNown. The units are implied for other pertinent channel commands (such as :CHANnel:RANGe and :CHANnel:OFFSet).
PAGE 226
12 Channel Commands 226 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 227
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 13 Common Commands *CLS *ESE *ESR? *IDN? *LRN? *OPC *OPT? *PSC *RCL *RST *SAV *SRE *STB? *TRG *TST? *WAI 229 230 232 233 234 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 244 246 247 248 Common commands are defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard. They control generic device functions that are common to many different types of instruments.
PAGE 228
13 Common Commands NOTE Headers and Common Commands. Headers are not prepended to common commands. Status Registers The following two status registers used by common commands have an enable (mask) register. By setting bits in the enable register, you can select the status information for use. Refer to the chapter, "Status Reporting," for a complete discussion of status.
PAGE 229
Common Commands 13 *CLS (Clear Status) Command *CLS The *CLS command clears all status and error registers. Example This example clears the status data structures of the oscilloscope. myScope.WriteString "*CLS" See Also Refer to the "Status Reporting" chapter for a complete discussion of status.
PAGE 230
13 Common Commands *ESE (Event Status Enable) Command *ESE The *ESE command sets the Standard Event Status Enable Register bits. An integer, 0 to 255, representing a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register as shown in Table 17. Example This example enables the User Request (URQ) bit of the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
PAGE 231
13 Common Commands Table 17 Standard Event Status Enable Register Bits (continued) See Also Bit Weight Enables Definition 4 16 EXE - Execution Error Indicates whether a parameter was out of range, or was inconsistent with the current settings. 3 8 DDE - Device Dependent Error Indicates whether the device was unable to complete an operation for device-dependent reasons. 2 4 QYE - Query Error Indicates if the protocol for queries has been violated.
PAGE 232
13 Common Commands *ESR? (Event Status Register) Query *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. Reading this register clears the Standard Event Status Register, as does a *CLS. Returned Format Example An integer, 0 to 255, representing the total bit weights of all bits that are high at the time you read the register.
PAGE 233
13 Common Commands *IDN? (Identification Number) Query *IDN? The *IDN? query returns the company name, oscilloscope model number, serial number, and software version by returning this string: Agilent Technologies,,, [,] Returned Format Example Specifies the model number of the oscilloscope. Specifies the serial number of the oscilloscope.
PAGE 234
13 Common Commands *LRN? (Learn) Query *LRN? The *LRN? query returns a block of data that contains the oscilloscope's current setup. You can store the oscilloscope's setup and send it back to the oscilloscope at a later time. This block of setup data should be sent to the oscilloscope just as it is. It works because of its embedded ":SYST:SET" header. Returned Format :SYST:SET This is a definite- length, arbitrary block response specifying the current oscilloscope setup.
PAGE 235
Common Commands 13 Infiniium = visa.instrument("TCPIP0::130.29.71.191::inst0::INSTR") Infiniium.timeout = 20 Infiniium.term_chars = "" Infiniium.clear() # Save oscilloscope setup. sLearn = Infiniium.ask("*LRN?\n") check_instrument_errors() f = open("learn.stp", "wb") f.write("%s\n" % sLearn) f.close() print "Learn string bytes saved: %d" % len(sLearn) # Restore the default setup. Infiniium.write("*RST\n") # Set up oscilloscope by loading previously saved learn string. sLearn = "" f = open("learn.
PAGE 236
13 Common Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) Command *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. Example This example sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when the DIGitize operation is complete. myScope.
PAGE 237
Common Commands 13 *OPT? (Option) Query *OPT? The *OPT? query returns a string with a list of installed options. If no options are installed, the string will have a 0 as the first character. The length of the returned string may increase as options become available in the future. Once implemented, an option name will be appended to the end of the returned string, delimited by a comma.
PAGE 238
13 Common Commands *PSC (Power- on Status Clear) Command *PSC {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The *PSC command determines whether or not the SRQ line is set upon the completion of the oscilloscope's boot process. When the *PSC flag is set to 1, the Power On (PON) bit of the Standard Event Status Register is 0 during the boot process. When the *PSC flag is set to 0, the PON bit is set to a 1 during the boot process.
PAGE 239
13 Common Commands *RCL (Recall) Command *RCL The *RCL command restores the state of the oscilloscope to a setup previously stored in the specified save/recall register. An oscilloscope setup must have been stored previously in the specified register. Registers 0 through 9 are general- purpose registers and can be used by the *RCL command. Example An integer, 0 through 9, specifying the save/recall register that contains the oscilloscope setup you want to recall.
PAGE 240
13 Common Commands *RST (Reset) Command *RST The *RST command performs a default setup which is the same as pressing the oscilloscope front panel default key. Example This example resets the oscilloscope to a known state. myScope.WriteString "*RST" NOTE 240 The default values for all of the Infiniium controls is located in the Infiniium Help System under Default Setup.
PAGE 241
13 Common Commands *SAV (Save) Command *SAV The *SAV command stores the current state of the oscilloscope in a save register. Example An integer, 0 through 9, specifying the register used to save the current oscilloscope setup. This example stores the current oscilloscope setup to register 3. myScope.WriteString "*SAV 3" See Also *RCL (Recall).
PAGE 242
13 Common Commands *SRE (Service Request Enable) Command *SRE The *SRE command sets the Service Request Enable Register bits. By setting the *SRE, when the event happens, you have enabled the oscilloscope's interrupt capability. The oscilloscope will then do an SRQ (service request), which is an interrupt. An integer, 0 to 255, representing a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Service Request Enable Register as shown in Table 19.
PAGE 243
Common Commands 13 Table 19 Service Request Enable Register Bits (continued) Bit Weight Enables 2 4 MSG - Message 1 2 USR - User Event Register 0 1 TRG - Trigger Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 243
PAGE 244
13 Common Commands *STB? (Status Byte) Query *STB? The *STB? query returns the current contents of the Status Byte, including the Master Summary Status (MSS) bit. See Table 20 for Status Byte Register bit definitions. Returned Format An integer, 0 to 255, representing a mask value for the bits enabled in the Status Byte. Example This example reads the contents of the Status Byte into the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the value of the variable to the computer's screen.
PAGE 245
Common Commands 13 Table 20 Status Byte Register Bits (continued) Bit Bit Weight Bit Name Condition (0 = False = Low, 1 = True = High) 2 4 MSG 0 = no message has been displayed 1 = message has been displayed 1 2 USR 0 = no enabled user event conditions have occurred 1 = an enabled user event condition has occurred 0 1 TRG 0 = no trigger has occurred 1 = a trigger occurred Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 245
PAGE 246
13 Common Commands *TRG (Trigger) Command *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the Group Execute Trigger message (GET) or RUN command. It acquires data for the active waveform display, if the trigger conditions are met, according to the current settings. Example This example starts the data acquisition for the active waveform display according to the current settings. myScope.
PAGE 247
13 Common Commands *TST? (Test) Query *TST? The *TST? query causes the oscilloscope to perform a self- test, and places a response in the output queue indicating whether or not the self- test completed without any detected errors. Use the :SYSTem:ERRor command to check for errors. A zero indicates that the test passed and a non- zero indicates the self- test failed. NOTE Disconnect Inputs First You must disconnect all front-panel inputs before sending the *TST? command.
PAGE 248
13 Common Commands *WAI (Wait) Command *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments. Example 248 myScope.
PAGE 249
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 14 Disk Commands :DISK:CDIRectory 250 :DISK:COPY 251 :DISK:DELete 252 :DISK:DIRectory? 253 :DISK:LOAD 254 :DISK:MDIRectory 255 :DISK:PWD? 256 :DISK:SAVE:IMAGe 257 :DISK:SAVE:JITTer 258 :DISK:SAVE:LISTing 259 :DISK:SAVE:MEASurements 260 :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe 261 :DISK:SAVE:SETup 262 :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform 263 :DISK:SEGMented 265 The DISK subsystem commands perform the disk operations as defined in the File menu.
PAGE 250
14 Disk Commands :DISK:CDIRectory Command :DISK:CDIRectory "" The :DISK:CDIRectory command changes the present working directory to the designated directory name. An error occurs when the requested directory does not exist. You can then view the error with the :SYSTem:ERRor? [{NUMBer | STRing}] query. Example A character- quoted ASCII string, which can include the subdirectory designation. You must separate the directory name and any subdirectories with a backslash (\).
PAGE 251
Disk Commands 14 :DISK:COPY Command :DISK:COPY "","" The :DISK:COPY command copies a source file from the disk to a destination file on the disk. An error is displayed on the oscilloscope screen if the requested file does not exist. The default path is C:\ Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data. Example A character- quoted ASCII string which can include subdirectories with the name of the file. This example copies FILE1.
PAGE 252
14 Disk Commands :DISK:DELete Command :DISK:DELete "" The :DISK:DELete command deletes a file from the disk. An error is displayed on the oscilloscope screen if the requested file does not exist. The default path is C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data. Example A character- quoted ASCII string which can include subdirectories with the name of the file. This example deletes FILE1.SET from the disk. myScope.WriteString ":DISK:DELETE ""FILE1.
PAGE 253
14 Disk Commands :DISK:DIRectory? Query :DISK:DIRectory? [""] The :DISK:DIRectory? query returns the requested directory listing. Each entry is 63 bytes long, including a carriage return and line feed. The default path is C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\ Infiniium\Data. Returned Format The list of filenames and directories.
PAGE 254
14 Disk Commands :DISK:LOAD Command :DISK:LOAD ""[,] The :DISK:LOAD command restores a setup or a waveform from the disk. The type of file is determined by the filename suffix if one is present, or by the destination field if one is not present. You can load .WFM, .CSV, .TSV, .TXT, .BIN, .H5, and .SET file types. The destination is only used when loading a waveform memory. A quoted ASCII string with a maximum of 254 characters including the entire path name, if used.
PAGE 255
14 Disk Commands :DISK:MDIRectory Command :DISK:MDIRectory "" The :DISK:MDIRectory command creates a directory in the present working directory which has been set by the :DISK:CDIRectory command. If the present working directory has not been set by the :DISK:CDIRectory command, you must specify the full path in the parameter as shown in Example 1 below. An error is displayed if the requested subdirectory does not exist.
PAGE 256
14 Disk Commands :DISK:PWD? Query :DISK:PWD? The :DISK:PWD? query returns the name of the present working directory (including the full path). If the default path (C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data) has not been changed by the :DISK:CDIRectory command, the :DISK:PWD? query will return an empty string.
PAGE 257
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:IMAGe Command :DISK:SAVE:IMAGe "" [, [,{SCReen | GRATicule} [,{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0} [,{NORMal | INVert} [,{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}]]]]] The DISK:SAVE:IMAGe command saves a screen image. The default path is C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data. The image format can be: BMP, GIF, TIF, PNG, or JPEG. The extension is supplied by the oscilloscope depending on the selected file format.
PAGE 258
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:JITTer Command :DISK:SAVE:JITTer "" The DISK:SAVE:JITTer command saves the jitter measurements shown in the RJDJ tab at the bottom of the oscilloscope screen along with the RJDJ histograms in a comma separated variables (CSV) file format. The csv extension is supplied by the oscilloscope. The default path is C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data.
PAGE 259
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:LISTing Command :DISK:SAVE:LISTing [,] ""[, ] The DISK:SAVE:LISTing command saves the contents of the bus listing window to a file in either a .csv or .txt format. The default path is C:\ Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data. Example {SERial} — The default serial bus is the one currently displayed in the listing window. An integer 1 - 4.
PAGE 260
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:MEASurements Command :DISK:SAVE:MEASurements "" The DISK:SAVE:MEASurements command saves the measurements shown in the measurements tab at the bottom of the oscilloscope screen in a comma separated variables (CSV) file format. The csv extension is supplied by the oscilloscope. The default path is C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data.
PAGE 261
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe Command :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe ".csv", {CHAN1 | CHAN2 | CHAN3 | CHAN4} The DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe command saves PrecisionProbe/Cable data in a comma separated variables (CSV) file format. The default path is C:\ Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data. Example A quoted ASCII string with a maximum of 254 characters including the entire path name, if used. myScope.WriteString ":DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe ""PPch1data.
PAGE 262
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SAVE:SETup Command :DISK:SAVE:SETup "" The :DISK:SAVE:SETup command saves the current oscilloscope setup to a disk. The file will have a .set extension. Example A quoted ASCII string with a maximum of 254 characters including the entire path name, if used. The filename assumes the present working directory if a path does not precede the file name. The default path is C:\ SCOPE\SETUP. This example saves the channel 1 waveform to SETUP1 on the disk. myScope.
PAGE 263
Disk Commands 14 :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform Command :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform ,"" [,[,
]] The :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform command saves a waveform to a disk. If the source is ALL, all of the currently displayed waveforms are saved to the file. If you use a file extension as shown below in the variable, then the type of file saved defaults to the extension type. If no format is specified and no extension is used, the file is saved in the INTernal format.
PAGE 264
14 Disk Commands TXT = file_name.txt H5(HDF5) = file_name.h5
Example {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} This example saves the channel 1 waveform to FILE1 on the disk in the CSV format with header on. myScope.
PAGE 265
14 Disk Commands :DISK:SEGMented Command :DISK:SEGMented {ALL | CURRent} The :DISK:SEGMented command sets whether all segments or just the current segment are saved to a file when the :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform command is issued and the source is a channel but not a waveform memory or function. Before segments can be saved, the :ACQuire:MODE must be set to the SEGMented mode and segments must be acquired. Example This example sets the disk segmented memory store method to CURRent. myScope.
PAGE 266
14 Disk Commands 266 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 267
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 15 Display Commands :DISPlay:CGRade 268 :DISPlay:CGRade:LEVels? 269 :DISPlay:COLumn 270 :DISPlay:CONNect 271 :DISPlay:DATA? 272 :DISPlay:GRATicule 273 :DISPlay:LABel 275 :DISPlay:LINE 276 :DISPlay:PERSistence 277 :DISPlay:ROW 278 :DISPlay:SCOLor 279 :DISPlay:STATus:COL 281 :DISPlay:STATus:ROW 282 :DISPlay:STRing 283 :DISPlay:TAB 284 :DISPlay:TEXT 285 The DISPlay subsystem controls the display of data, text, and graticules, and the use of
PAGE 268
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:CGRade Command :DISPlay:CGRade {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :DISPlay:CGRade command sets the color grade persistence on or off. When in the color grade persistence mode, all waveforms are mapped into a database and shown with different colors representing varying number of hits in a pixel. "Connected dots" display mode (:DISPlay:CONNect) is disabled when the color grade persistence is on. The oscilloscope has three features that use a specific database.
PAGE 269
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:CGRade:LEVels? Query :DISPlay:CGRade:LEVels? The :DISPlay:CGRade:LEVels? query returns the range of hits represented by each color. Fourteen values are returned, representing the minimum and maximum count for each of seven colors.
PAGE 270
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:COLumn Command :DISPlay:COLumn The :DISPlay:COLumn command specifies the starting column for subsequent :DISPlay:STRing and :DISPlay:LINE commands. An integer representing the starting column for subsequent :DISPlay:STRing and :DISPlay:LINE commands. The range of values is 0 to 90. Example This example sets the starting column for subsequent :DISPlay:STRing and :DISPlay:LINE commands to column 10. myScope.
PAGE 271
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:CONNect Command :DISPlay:CONNect {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} When enabled, :DISPlay:CONNect draws a line between consecutive waveform data points. This is also known as linear interpolation. :DISPlay:CONNect is forced to OFF when color grade (:DISPlay:CGRade) persistence is on. Example This example turns on the connect- the- dots feature. myScope.
PAGE 272
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:DATA? Query :DISPlay:DATA? [[,[, [,]]]] The :DISPlay:DATA? query returns information about the captured data. If no options to the query are specified, the default selections are BMP file type, SCReen mode, compression turned ON, and inversion set to NORMal. The bitmap type: BMP | JPG | GIF | TIF | PNG. The display setting: SCReen | GRATicule.
PAGE 273
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule {GRID | FRAMe} :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity :DISPlay:GRATicule:NUMBer {1 | 2 | 4} :DISPlay:GRATicule:SETGrat , The :DISPlay:GRATicule command selects the type of graticule that is displayed. Infiniium oscilloscopes have a 10- by- 8 (unit) display graticule grid GRID), a grid line is place on each vertical and horizontal division.
PAGE 274
15 Display Commands Returned Format Example [:DISPlay:GRATicule] {GRID | FRAMe} [:DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity] [:DISPlay:GRATicule:NUMBer {1 | 2 | 4} This example places the current display graticule setting in the string variable, strSetting, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. Dim strSetting As String ' Dimension variable. myScope.WriteString ":DISPLAY:GRATICULE?" strSetting = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 275
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:LABel Command :DISPlay:LABel {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns on or off the display of analog channel labels. Label names can be up to 6 characters long. The label name is assigned by using the CHANnel:LABel command: Example This example turns on the display of all labels. myScope.WriteString ":DISPLAY:LABEL ON" Query :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the current state of the labels.
PAGE 276
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:LINE Command :DISPlay:LINE "" The :DISPlay:LINE command writes a quoted string to the screen, starting at the location specified by the :DISPlay:ROW and :DISPlay:COLumn commands. When using the C programming language, quotation marks as shown in the example delimit a string. Example Any series of ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks.
PAGE 277
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:PERSistence Command :DISPlay:PERSistence {MINimum | INFinite} The :DISPlay:PERSistence command sets the display persistence. It works in both real time and equivalent time modes. The parameter for this command can be either MINimum (zero persistence) or INFinite Example This example sets the persistence to infinite. myScope.WriteString ":DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE INFINITE" Query :DISPlay:PERSistence? The :DISPlay:PERSistence? query returns the current persistence value.
PAGE 278
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:ROW Command :DISPlay:ROW The :DISPlay:ROW command specifies the starting row on the screen for subsequent :DISPlay:STRing and :DISPlay:LINE commands. The row number remains constant until another :DISPlay:ROW command is received, or the row is incremented by the :DISPlay:LINE command. Example An integer representing the starting row for subsequent :DISPlay:STRing and :DISPlay:LINE commands. The range of values is 9 to 23.
PAGE 279
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:SCOLor Command :DISPlay:SCOLor , , , The :DISPlay:SCOLor command sets the color of the specified display element. The display elements are described in Table 21.
PAGE 280
15 Display Commands Table 21 Color Names (continued) Color Name Definition WOVerlap Display element for waveforms when they overlap each other. TSCale Display element for horizontal scale and offset control text. WMEMories Display element for waveform memories. WINText Display element used in dialog box controls and pull-down menus. WINBackgrnd Display element for the background color used in dialog boxes and buttons. An integer from 0 to 100.
PAGE 281
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:STATus:COL Command :DISPlay:STATus:COL The :DISPlay:STATus:COL command is used to position the real time eye and InfiniiScan Zone Trigger status labels. This and the :DISPlay:STATus:ROW commands specify the upper left corner of the box relative to the screen. A value of 0 to 1 may be given for the column where 0 is the far left and 1 the far right. Example For example, a column of 0.5 will place the upper left of the status label at the center screen.
PAGE 282
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:STATus:ROW Command :DISPlay:STATus:ROW The :DISPlay:STATus:ROW command is used to position the real time eye and InfiniiScan Zone Trigger status labels. This and the :DISPlay:STATus:COL commands specify the upper left corner of the box relative to the screen. Example A value of 0 to 1 may be given for the row where 0 is the far top and 1 the far bottom. For example, a row and column of 0.5 will place the upper left of the status label at the center screen.
PAGE 283
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:STRing Command :DISPlay:STRing "" The :DISPlay:STRing command writes text to the oscilloscope screen. The text is written starting at the current row and column settings. If the column limit is reached, the excess text is discarded. The :DISPlay:STRing command does not increment the row value, but :DISPlay:LINE does. Example Any series of ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks.
PAGE 284
15 Display Commands :DISPlay:TAB Command :DISPlay:TAB The :DISPlay:TAB command displays the corresponding tab indicated by the parameter. Example MEASurement | MARKer | LIMittest | JITTr | HISTogram | MASKtest | EYE | COLorgrade | NAVigtation | STATus | SCALe This example sets the Status tab as the displayed one. myScope.
PAGE 285
Display Commands 15 :DISPlay:TEXT Command :DISPlay:TEXT BLANk The :DISPlay:TEXT command blanks the user text area of the screen. Example This example blanks the user text area of the oscilloscope's screen. myScope.
PAGE 286
15 Display Commands 286 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 287
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 16 Function Commands :FUNCtion? 290 :FUNCtion:ABSolute 291 :FUNCtion:ADD 292 :FUNCtion:AVERage 293 :FUNCtion:COMMonmode 294 :FUNCtion:DIFF 295 :FUNCtion:DISPlay 296 :FUNCtion:DIVide 297 :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency 298 :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence 299 :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? 300 :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow 301 :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude 303 :FUNCtion:FFTPhase 304 :FUNCtion:HIGHpass 305 :FUNCtion:HORizontal 306
PAGE 288
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:VERTical 325 :FUNCtion:VERTical:OFFSet 326 :FUNCtion:VERTical:RANGe 327 The FUNCtion subsystem defines functions 1 - 4.
PAGE 289
16 Function Commands DIFFerential1 refers to the differential signal between channels 1 and 3 (and COMMonmode3 refers to the common mode channel between these same channels). DIFFerential2 refers to the differential signal between channels 2 and 4 (and COMMonmode4 refers to the common mode channel between these same channels). Waveform Memory Operands WMEMory, where N is an integer, 1 - 4. Function Operands FUNCtion, where N is an integer, 1 - 3.
PAGE 290
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion? Query :FUNCtion? The :FUNCtion? query returns the currently defined source(s) for the function. Returned Format [:FUNCtion:] {[,]} An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. Active math operation for the selected function.
PAGE 291
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:ABSolute Command :FUNCtion:ABSolute The :FUNCtion:ABSolute command takes the absolute value an operand. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287. Example This example turns on the absolute value command using channel 3. myScope.
PAGE 292
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:ADD Command :FUNCtion:ADD , The :FUNCtion:ADD command defines a function that takes the algebraic sum of the two operands. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287.
PAGE 293
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:AVERage Command :FUNCtion:AVERage [,] The :FUNCtion:AVERage command defines a function that averages the operand based on the number of specified averages. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 294
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:COMMonmode Command :FUNCtion:COMMonmode , The :FUNCtion:COMMonmode command defines a function that adds the voltage values of the two operands and divides by 2, point by point. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 295
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:DIFF (Differentiate) Command :FUNCtion:DIFF [,} The :FUNCtion:DIFF command defines a function that computes the discrete derivative of the operand. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 296
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:DISPlay Command :FUNCtion:DISPlay {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :FUNCtion:DISPlay command either displays the selected function or removes it from the display. Example An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. This example turns function 1 on. myScope.WriteString ":FUNCTION1:DISPLAY ON" Query :FUNCtion:DISPlay? The :FUNCtion:DISPlay? query returns the displayed status of the specified function.
PAGE 297
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:DIVide Command :FUNCtion:DIVide , The :FUNCtion:DIVide command defines a function that divides the first operand by the second operand. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287.
PAGE 298
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency Command :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency The :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency command sets the center frequency for the FFT when :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude is defined for the selected function.
Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the value in Hertz, from - 1E12 to 1E12. :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency? The :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency? query returns the center frequency value.
PAGE 299
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence Command :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence {DISPlay | TRIGger} The :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT phase function. Example An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. This example sets the reference point to DISPlay. myScope.
PAGE 300
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? Query :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? The :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? query returns the current resolution of the FFT function. Returned Format [FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution] An integer from 1 to 4 representing the selected function. Resolution frequency. The FFT resolution is determined by the sample rate and memory depth settings.
PAGE 301
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow Command :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris | HAMMing} The :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow command sets the window type for the FFT function. The FFT function assumes that the time record repeats. Unless there is an integral number of cycles of the sampled waveform in the record, a discontinuity is created at the beginning of the record.
PAGE 302
16 Function Commands Example This example places the current state of the function 1 FFT window in the string variable, strWND, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. Dim strWND As String myScope.WriteString ":FUNCtion1:FFT:WINDow?"" strWND = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 303
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude Command :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude The :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude command computes the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) of the specified channel, function, or memory. The FFT takes the digitized time record and transforms it to magnitude and phase components as a function of frequency. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 304
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:FFTPhase Command :FUNCtion:FFTPhase The :FUNCtion:FFTPhase command computes the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) of the specified channel, function, or waveform memory. The FFT takes the digitized time record and transforms it into magnitude and phase components as a function of frequency. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 305
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:HIGHpass Command :FUNCtion:HIGHpass , The :FUNCtion:HIGHpass command applies a single- pole high pass filter to the source waveform. The bandwidth that you set is the 3 dB bandwidth of the filter. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 306
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:HORizontal Command :FUNCtion:HORizontal {AUTO | MANual} The :FUNCtion:HORizontal command sets the horizontal tracking to either AUTO or MANual. The HORizontal command also includes the following commands and queries, which are described on the following pages: • POSition • RANGe Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 307
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:HORizontal:POSition Command :FUNCtion:HORizontal:POSition The :FUNCtion:HORizontal:POSition command sets the time value at center screen for the selected function. If the oscilloscope is not already in manual mode when you execute this command, it puts the oscilloscope in manual mode. When you select :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude, the horizontal position is equivalent to the center frequency. This also automatically selects manual mode.
PAGE 308
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:HORizontal:RANGe Command :FUNCtion:HORizontal:RANGe The :FUNCtion:HORizontal:RANGe command sets the current time range for the specified function. This automatically selects manual mode. Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the width of screen in current X- axis units (usually seconds), from - 100E- 15 to 100E15.
PAGE 309
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:INTegrate Command :FUNCtion:INTegrate The :FUNCtion:INTegrate command defines a function that computes the integral of the specified operand's waveform. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287.
PAGE 310
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:INVert Command :FUNCtion:INVert The :FUNCtion:INVert command defines a function that inverts the defined operand's waveform by multiplying by - 1. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287.
PAGE 311
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:LOWPass Command :FUNCtion:LOWPass , The :FUNCtion:LOWPass command applies a 4th order Bessel- Thompson pass filter to the source waveform. The bandwidth that you set is the 3 dB bandwidth of the filter. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 312
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:MAGNify Command :FUNCtion:MAGNify The :FUNCtion:MAGNify command defines a function that is a copy of the operand. The magnify function is a software magnify. No hardware settings are altered as a result of using this function. It is useful for scaling channels, another function, or memories with the RANGe and OFFSet commands in this subsystem. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 313
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:MAXimum Command :FUNCtion:MAXimum The :FUNCtion:MAXmum command defines a function that computes the maximum of each time bucket for the defined operand's waveform. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 314
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:MHIStogram Command :FUNCtion:MHIStogram {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4 | MEAS5} The :FUNCtion:MHIStogram command adds a Meas Histogram function that shows a histogram of measurement values. Measurement values are captured and the histogram is updated as new acquisitions are made. You can display statistics for the histogram in the Measurements tab using the :MEASure:HISTogram commands and you can get histogram statistics using the :MEASure:HISTogram queries.
PAGE 315
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:MINimum Command :FUNCtion:MINimum The :FUNCtion:MINimum command defines a function that computes the minimum of each time bucket for the defined operand's waveform. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 316
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:MTRend Command :FUNCtion:MTRend {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4 | MEAS5} The :FUNCtion:MTRend command adds a Meas Trend function that shows measurement values for a waveform (based on measurement threshold settings) as the waveform progresses across the screen. For every cycle, a measurement is made, and the value is displayed on the screen for the cycle.
PAGE 317
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:MULTiply Command :FUNCtion:MULTiply , The :FUNCtion:MULTiply command defines a function that algebraically multiplies the first operand by the second operand. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 318
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:OFFSet Command :FUNCtion:OFFSet The :FUNCtion:OFFSet command sets the voltage represented at the center of the screen for the selected function. This automatically changes the mode from auto to manual. Example An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the vertical offset in the currently selected Y- axis units (normally volts).
PAGE 319
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:RANGe Command :FUNCtion:RANGe The :FUNCtion:RANGe command defines the full- scale vertical axis of the selected function. This automatically changes the mode from auto to manual. Example An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the full- scale vertical range, from - 100E15 to 100E15. This example sets the full- scale range for function 1 to 400 mV. myScope.
PAGE 320
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:SMOoth Command :FUNCtion:SMOoth [,] The :FUNCtion:SMOoth command defines a function that assigns the smoothing operator to the operand with the number of specified smoothing points. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 321
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:SQRT Command :FUNCtion:SQRT The :FUNCtion:SQRT command takes the square root of the operand. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287. Example This example turns on the square root function using channel 3. myScope.
PAGE 322
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:SQUare Command :FUNCtion:SQUare The :FUNCtion:SQUare command takes the square value of the operand. {CHANnel | DIFFerential
| COMMonmode
| FUNCtion | WMEMory | MTRend | MSPectrum} See the discussion of possible operands in the introduction to Chapter 16, “Function Commands,” starting on page 287. Example This example turns on the square value command using channel 3. myScope.
PAGE 323
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:SUBTract Command :FUNCtion:SUBTract , The :FUNCtion:SUBTract command defines a function that algebraically subtracts the second operand from the first operand. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 324
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:VERSus Command :FUNCtion:VERSus , The :FUNCtion:VERSus command defines a function for an X- versus- Y display. The first operand defines the Y axis and the second defines the X axis. The Y- axis range and offset are initially equal to that of the first operand, and you can adjust them with the RANGe and OFFSet commands in this subsystem. An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function.
PAGE 325
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:VERTical Command :FUNCtion:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :FUNCtion:VERTical command sets the vertical scaling mode of the specified function to either AUTO or MANual. This command also contains the following commands and queries: • OFFset • RANge Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. :FUNCtion:VERTical? The :FUNCtion:VERTical? query returns the current vertical scaling mode of the specified function.
PAGE 326
16 Function Commands :FUNCtion:VERTical:OFFSet Command :FUNCtion:VERTical:OFFSet The :FUNCtion:VERTical:OFFSet command sets the voltage represented at center screen for the selected function. This automatically changes the mode from auto to manual. Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the vertical offset in the currently selected Y- axis units (normally volts).
PAGE 327
Function Commands 16 :FUNCtion:VERTical:RANGe Command :FUNCtion:VERTical:RANGe The :FUNCtion:VERTical:RANGe command defines the full- scale vertical axis of the selected function. This automatically changes the mode from auto to manual, if the oscilloscope is not already in manual mode. Query An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function. A real number for the full- scale vertical range, from - 100E15 to 100E15.
PAGE 328
16 Function Commands 328 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 329
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 17 Hardcopy Commands :HARDcopy:AREA 330 :HARDcopy:DPRinter 331 :HARDcopy:FACTors 332 :HARDcopy:IMAGe 333 :HARDcopy:PRINters? 334 The HARDcopy subsystem commands set various parameters for printing the screen. The print sequence is activated when the root level command :PRINt is sent.
PAGE 330
17 Hardcopy Commands :HARDcopy:AREA Command :HARDcopy:AREA {GRATicule | SCReen} The :HARDcopy:AREA command selects which data from the screen is to be printed. When you select GRATicule, only the graticule area of the screen is printed (this is the same as choosing Waveforms Only in the Configure Printer dialog box). When you select SCReen, the entire screen is printed. Example This example selects the graticule for printing. myScope.
PAGE 331
Hardcopy Commands 17 :HARDcopy:DPRinter Command :HARDcopy:DPRinter { | } The :HARDcopy:DPRinter command selects the default printer to be used. An integer representing the attached printer. This number corresponds to the number returned with each printer name by the :HARDcopy:PRINters? query. A string of alphanumeric characters representing the attached printer.
PAGE 332
17 Hardcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FACTors Command :HARDcopy:FACTors {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :HARDcopy:FACTors command determines whether the oscilloscope setup factors will be appended to screen or graticule images. FACTors ON is the same as choosing Include Setup Information in the Configure Printer dialog box. Example This example turns on the setup factors. myScope.WriteString ":HARDCOPY:FACTORS ON" Query :HARDcopy:FACTors? The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns the current setup factors setting.
PAGE 333
Hardcopy Commands 17 :HARDcopy:IMAGe Command :HARDcopy:IMAGe {NORMal | INVert} The :HARDcopy:IMAGe command prints the image normally, inverted, or in monochrome. IMAGe INVert is the same as choosing Invert Waveform Colors in the Configure Printer dialog box. Example This example sets the hard copy image output to normal. myScope.WriteString ":HARDCOPY:IMAGE NORMAL" Query :HARDcopy:IMAGe? The :HARDcopy:IMAGe? query returns the current image setting.
PAGE 334
17 Hardcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PRINters? Query :HARDcopy:PRINters? The :HARDcopy:PRINters? query returns the currently available printers. Returned Format [:HARDcopy:PRINters?] [,] The number of printers currently installed. The printer number and the name of an installed printer. The word DEFAULT appears next to the printer that is the currently selected default printer.
PAGE 335
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:AXIS 337 :HISTogram:MODE 338 :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE 339 :HISTogram:WINDow:DEFault 340 :HISTogram:WINDow:SOURce 341 :HISTogram:WINDow:LLIMit 342 :HISTogram:WINDow:RLIMit 343 :HISTogram:WINDow:BLIMit 344 :HISTogram:WINDow:TLIMit 345 The HISTogram commands and queries control the histogram features.
PAGE 336
18 Histogram Commands The database does not differentiate waveforms from different channels or functions. If three channels are on and the waveform from each channel happens to light the same pixel at the same time, the counter is incremented by three. However, it is not possible to tell how many hits came from each waveform. To separate waveforms, you can position the waveforms vertically with the channel offset.
PAGE 337
Histogram Commands 18 :HISTogram:AXIS Command :HISTogram:AXIS {VERTical | HORizontal} The :HISTogram:AXIS command selects the type of histogram. A horizontal histogram can be used to measure time related information like jitter. A vertical histogram can be used to measure voltage related information like noise. Example This example defines a vertical histogram. myScope.
PAGE 338
18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:MODE Command NOTE :HISTogram:MODE {OFF | MEASurement | WAVeforms} The MEASurement parameter is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis option is installed. The :HISTogram:MODE command selects the histogram mode. The histogram may be off, set to track the waveforms, or set to track the measurement when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software is installed.
PAGE 339
Histogram Commands 18 :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE Command :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE The :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE command sets histogram size for vertical and horizontal mode. Example The size is from 1.0 to 8.0 for the horizontal mode and from 1.0 to 10.0 for the vertical mode. This example sets the histogram size to 3.5. myScope.WriteString ":HISTOGRAM:SCALE:SIZE 3.5" Query :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE? The :HISTogram:SCALe:SIZE? query returns the correct size of the histogram.
PAGE 340
18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:WINDow:DEFault Command :HISTogram:WINDow:DEFault The :HISTogram:WINDow:DEFault command positions the histogram markers to a default location on the display. Each marker will be positioned one division off the left, right, top, and bottom of the display. Example This example sets the histogram window to the default position. myScope.
PAGE 341
Histogram Commands 18 :HISTogram:WINDow:SOURce Command :HISTogram:WINDow:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :HISTogram:WINDow:SOURce command selects the source of the histogram window. The histogram window will track the source's vertical and horizontal scale. Example An integer, 1 through 4. This example sets the histogram window's source to Channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 342
18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:WINDow:LLIMit Command :HISTogram:WINDow:LLIMit The :HISTogram:WINDow:LLIMit command moves the Ax marker (left limit) of the histogram window. The histogram window determines the portion of the display used to build the database for the histogram. The histogram window markers will track the scale of the histogram window source. Example A real number that represents the left boundary of the histogram window.
PAGE 343
Histogram Commands 18 :HISTogram:WINDow:RLIMit Command :HISTogram:WINDow:RLIMit The :HISTogram:WINDow:RLIMit command moves the Bx marker (right limit) of the histogram window. The histogram window determines the portion of the display used to build the database used for the histogram. The histogram window markers will track the scale of the histogram window source. Example A real number that represents the right boundary of the histogram window.
PAGE 344
18 Histogram Commands :HISTogram:WINDow:BLIMit Command :HISTogram:WINDow:BLIMit The :HISTogram:WINDow:BLIMit command moves the Ay marker (bottom limit) of the histogram window. The histogram window determines the portion of the display used to build the database used for the histogram. The histogram window markers will track the scale of the histogram window source. Example A real number that represents the bottom boundary of the histogram window.
PAGE 345
Histogram Commands 18 :HISTogram:WINDow:TLIMit Command :HISTogram:WINDow:TLIMit The :HISTogram:WINDow:TLIMit command moves the By marker (top limit) of the histogram window. The histogram window determines the portion of the display used to build the database used for the histogram. The histogram window markers will track the scale of the histogram window source. Example A real number that represents the top boundary of the histogram window.
PAGE 346
18 Histogram Commands 346 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 347
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:DELay 348 :ISCan:MEASurement:FAIL 349 :ISCan:MEASurement:LLIMit 350 :ISCan:MEASurement 351 :ISCan:MEASurement:ULIMit 352 :ISCan:MODE 353 :ISCan:NONMonotonic:EDGE 354 :ISCan:NONMonotonic:HYSTeresis 355 :ISCan:NONMonotonic:SOURce 356 :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTeresis 357 :ISCan:RUNT:LLEVel 358 :ISCan:RUNT:SOURce 359 :ISCan:RUNT:ULEVel 360 :ISCan:SERial:PATTern 361 :ISCan:SERial:SOURce 362 :ISCan:ZONE:HIDE 363 :ISC
PAGE 348
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:DELay Command :ISCan:DELay {OFF | } The :ISCan:DELay command sets the delay time from when the hardware trigger occurs and when InfiniiScan tries to find the waveform event that has been defined. OFF Example Turns off the delay from the hardware trigger. Sets the amount of time that the InfiniiScan trigger is delayed from the hardware trigger. The following example causes the oscilloscope to delay by 1 ms. myScope.
PAGE 349
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:MEASurement:FAIL Command :ISCan:MEASurement:FAIL {INSide | OUTSide} The :ISCan:MEASurement:FAIL command sets the fail condition for an individual measurement. The conditions for a test failure are set on the measurement selected by the :ISCan:MEASurement command. When a measurement failure is detected by the limit test the oscilloscope triggers and the trigger action is executed.
PAGE 350
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:MEASurement:LLIMit Command :ISCan:MEASurement:LLIMit The :ISCan:MEASurement:LLIMit (lower limit) command sets the lower test limit for the currenly selected measurement. The :ISCan:MEASurement command selects the measurement used. Example A real number. The following example sets the lower test limit to 1.0. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:MEASUREMENT:LLIMIT 1.
PAGE 351
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:MEASurement Command :ISCan:MEASurement {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4 | MEAS5} The :ISCan:MEASurement command selects the current source for Measurement Limit Test Trigger. It selects one of the active measurements as referred to by their position in the Measurement tab area at the bottom of the screen. Measurements are numbered from left to right in the Measurements tab area of the screen.
PAGE 352
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:MEASurement:ULIMit Command :ISCan:MEASurement:ULIMit The :ISCan:MEASurement:ULIMit (upper limit) command sets the upper test limit for the active measurement currently selected by the :ISCan:MEASurement command. Example A real number. The following example sets the upper limit of the currently selected measurement to 500 mV. myScope.
PAGE 353
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:MODE Command :ISCan:MODE {OFF | MEASurement | NONMontonic | RUNT | SERial | ZONE} The :ISCan:MODE command selects the type of InfiniiScan trigger mode. The Measurement, Runt, Zone Qualify, and Non- monotonic Edge InfiniiScan modes can be set using this command. OFF Turns off the InfiniiScan trigger mode. MEASurement Sets the Measurement Limit trigger mode. NONMontonic Sets the Non- monotonic edge trigger mode. RUNT Sets the Runt trigger mode.
PAGE 354
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:NONMonotonic:EDGE Command :ISCan:NONMonotonic:EDGE {EITHer | FALLing | RISing} The :ISCan:NONMonotonic:EDGE command selects the rising edge, the falling edge, or either edge for the Non- monotonic edge trigger mode. EITHer Sets the edge used by the Non- monotonic edge trigger to both rising and falling edges. FALLing Sets the edge used by the Non- monotonic edge trigger to falling edges.
PAGE 355
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:NONMonotonic:HYSTeresis Command :ISCan:NONMonotonic:HYSTeresis The :ISCan:NONMonotonic:HYSTeresis command sets the hysteresis value used for the Non- monotonic Edge trigger. is a real number for the hysteresis. Example The following example sets the hysteresis value used by the Non- monotonic trigger mode to 10 mV. myScope.
PAGE 356
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:NONMonotonic:SOURce Command :ISCan:NONMonotonic:SOURce CHANnel The :ISCan:NONMonotonic:SOURce command sets the source used for the Non- monotonic Edge trigger. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example sets the source used by the Non- monotonic trigger mode to channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:NONMONOTONIC:SOURCE CHANNEL1" Query :ISCan:NONMonotonic:SOURce? The query returns the source used by the Non- monotonic Edge trigger mode.
PAGE 357
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTeresis Command :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTeresis The :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTeresis command sets the hysteresis value used for the Runt trigger. is a real number for the hysteresis. Example The following example sets the hysteresis value used by the Runt trigger mode to 10 mV. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:RUNT:HYSTERESIS 1E-2" Query :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTersis? The query returns the hysteresis value used by the Runt trigger mode.
PAGE 358
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:RUNT:LLEVel Command ISCan:RUNT:LLEVel The :ISCan:RUNT:LLEVel (lower level) command sets the lower level limit for the Runt trigger mode. Example A real number. The following example sets the lower level limit to 1.0 V. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:RUNT:LLEVel 1.0" Query :ISCan:RUNT:LLEVel? The query returns the lower level limit set by the command.
PAGE 359
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:RUNT:SOURce Command :ISCan:RUNT:SOURce CHANnel The :ISCan:RUNT:SOURce command sets the source used for the Runt trigger. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example sets the source used by the Runt trigger mode to channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:RUNT:SOURCE CHANNEL1" Query :ISCan:RUNT:SOURce? The query returns the source used by the Runt trigger mode.
PAGE 360
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:RUNT:ULEVel Command :ISCan:RUNT:ULEVel The :ISCan:RUNT:ULEVel (upper level) command sets the upper level limit for the Runt trigger mode. Example A real number. The following example sets the upper level value used by the Runt trigger mode to 500 mV. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:RUNT:ULEVEL 500E-3" Query :ISCan:RUNT:ULEVel? The query returns the current upper level value used by the Runt trigger.
PAGE 361
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:SERial:PATTern Command :ISCan:SERial:PATTern The :ISCan:SERial:PATTern command sets the pattern used for the Serial trigger. Example is a 1, 0, or X binary character string of up to 80 characters. The pattern can only be expressed in the binary format. The following example sets the pattern used by the Serial trigger to 101100. myScope.
PAGE 362
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:SERial:SOURce Command :ISCan:SERial:SOURce CHANnel The :ISCan:SERial:SOURce command sets the source used for the Serial trigger. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example sets the source used by the Serial trigger mode to channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:SERIAL:SOURCE CHANNEL1" Query :ISCan:SERial:SOURce? The query returns the source used by the Serial trigger mode.
PAGE 363
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:ZONE:HIDE Command :ISCan:ZONE:HIDE {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ISCan:ZONE:HIDE command lets you hide or show all InfiniiScan zones on the display. Example The following example hides all InfiniiScan zones on the display. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:ZONE:HIDE ON" Query :ISCan:ZONE:HIDE? The query returns the current zone hide setting. Returned Format Example [:ISCan:ZONE:HIDE]{1 | 0}; The following example returns the current zone hide setting.
PAGE 364
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:ZONE:SOURce Command :ISCan:ZONE:SOURce CHANnel The :ISCan:ZONE:SOURce command sets the source used for the zone qualify trigger. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example sets the source used by the zone qualify trigger to channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:ZONE:SOURCE CHANNEL1" Query :ISCan:ZONE:SOURce? The query returns the source used by the zone qualify trigger.
PAGE 365
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:ZONE:MODE Command :ISCan:ZONE:MODE {INTersect | NOTintersect} The :ISCan:ZONE:MODE command sets the Zone Qualify trigger mode. For the INTersect mode, the waveform must enter the zone region to qualify as a valid waveform. For NOTintersect mode, the waveform cannot enter a zone region to qualify as a valid waveform. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example sets the mode to intersect for zone 1. myScope.
PAGE 366
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands :ISCan:ZONE:PLACement Command :ISCan:ZONE:PLACement ,,, The :ISCan:ZONE:PLACement command sets the location and size of a zone for the zone qualify trigger mode. is an integer from 1- 4. a real number defining the width of a zone in seconds. is a real number defining the height of a zone in volts. is a real number defining the x coordinate of the center of the zone in seconds.
PAGE 367
InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 19 :ISCan:ZONE:STATe Command :ISCan:ZONE:STATe {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :ISCan:ZONE:STATe command turns a zone off or on for the zone qualify trigger. Example is an integer from 1- 4. The following example turns on zone 2. myScope.WriteString ":ISCAN:ZONE2:STATE ON" Query :ISCan:ZONE:STATe? The query returns the state value for a zone.
PAGE 368
19 InfiniiScan (ISCan) Commands 368 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 369
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 20 Limit Test Commands :LTESt:FAIL 370 :LTESt:LLIMit 371 :LTESt:MEASurement 372 :LTESt:RESults? 373 :LTESt:TEST 374 :LTESt:ULIMit 375 The Limit Test commands and queries control the limit test features of the oscilloscope. Limit testing automatically compares measurement results with pass or fail limits. The limit test tracks up to four measurements. The action taken when the test fails is also controlled with commands in this subsystem.
PAGE 370
20 Limit Test Commands :LTESt:FAIL Command :LTESt:FAIL {INSide | OUTSide} The :LTESt:FAIL command sets the fail condition for an individual measurement. The conditions for a test failure are set on the source selected with the last LTESt:MEASurement command. When a measurement failure is detected by the limit test, the fail action conditions are executed, and there is the potential to generate an SRQ.
PAGE 371
Limit Test Commands 20 :LTESt:LLIMit (Lower Limit) Command :LTESt:LLIMit The :LTESt:LLIMit (Lower LIMit) command sets the lower test limit for the active measurement currently selected by the :LTESt:MEASurement command. Example A real number. The following example sets the lower test limit to 1.0. myScope.WriteString ":LTEST:LLIMIT 1.
PAGE 372
20 Limit Test Commands :LTESt:MEASurement Command :LTESt:MEASurement {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4 | MEAS5} The :LTESt:MEASurement command selects the current source for Limit Test for the ULIMit and LLIMit commands. It selects one of the active measurements as referred to by their position in the measurement window on the bottom of the screen. Measurements are numbered from left to right. Example The following example selects the first measurement as the source for the limit testing commands. myScope.
PAGE 373
Limit Test Commands 20 :LTESt:RESults? Query :LTESt:RESults? {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4 | MEAS5} The query returns the measurement results for selected measurement. The values returned are the failed minimum value (Fail Min), the failed maximum value (Fail Max), and the total number of measurements made (# of Meas). Returned Format [:LTESt:RESults] ,, A real number representing the total number of measurements that have failed the minimum limit.
PAGE 374
20 Limit Test Commands :LTESt:TEST Command :LTESt:TEST {{ON | 1} {OFF | 0}} The LTESt:TEST command controls the execution of the limit test function. ON allows the limit test to run over all of the active measurements. When the limit test is turned on, the limit test results are displayed on screen in a window below the graticule. Example The following example turns off the limit test function. myScope.WriteString ":LTEST:TEST OFF" Query :LTESt:TEST? The query returns the state of the TEST control.
PAGE 375
Limit Test Commands 20 :LTESt:ULIMit (Upper Limit) Command :LTESt:ULIMit The :LTESt:ULIMit (Upper LIMit) command sets the upper test limit for the active measurement currently selected by the last :LTESt:MEASurement command. Example A real number. The following example sets the upper limit of the currently selected measurement to 500 milli. myScope.
PAGE 376
20 Limit Test Commands 376 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 377
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 21 Lister Commands :LISTer:DATA 378 :LISTer:DISPlay 379 The LISTer subsystem is used to turn on/off the serial decode Lister display and return data from the Lister display.
PAGE 378
21 Lister Commands :LISTer:DATA Query :LISTer:DATA? {SBUS1 | SBUS2 | SBUS3 | SBUS4} The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data.
PAGE 379
Lister Commands 21 :LISTer:DISPlay Command :LISTer:DISPlay ::= {OFF | ON | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | SBUS3 | SBUS4} The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same as "SBUS1". When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time. Serial bus decode must be on before it can be displayed in the Lister.
PAGE 380
21 Lister Commands 380 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 381
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 22 Marker Commands :MARKer:CURSor? 382 :MARKer:MEASurement:MEASurement 383 :MARKer:MODE 384 :MARKer:X1Position 385 :MARKer:X2Position 386 :MARKer:X1Y1source 387 :MARKer:X2Y2source 388 :MARKer:XDELta? 389 :MARKer:Y1Position 390 :MARKer:Y2Position 391 :MARKer:YDELta? 392 The commands in the MARKer subsystem specify and query the settings of the time markers (X axis) and current measurement unit markers (volts, amps, and watts for the Y axis
PAGE 382
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:CURSor? Query :MARKer:CURSor? {DELTa | STARt | STOP} The :MARKer:CURSor? query returns the time and current measurement unit values of the specified marker (if markers are in Track Waveforms mode) as an ordered pair of time and measurement unit values. • If DELTA is specified, the value of delta Y and delta X are returned. • If START is specified, marker A's x- to- y positions are returned. • If STOP is specified, marker B's x- to- y positions are returned.
PAGE 383
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:MEASurement:MEASurement Command :MARKer:MEASurement:MEASurement {MEASurement} The :MARKer:MEASurement:MEASurement command specifies which measurement markers track. This setting is only used when the :MARKer:MODE is set to MEASurement. Example MEASurement is an integer, 1 - 10. This example sets the markers to track the fourth measurement. myScope.
PAGE 384
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:MODE Command :MARKer:MODE {OFF | MANual | WAVeform | MEASurement | HISTogram | MTESt} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the marker mode. OFF MANual WAVeform MEASurement HISTogram MEASurement Example Removes the marker information from the display. Enables manual placement of markers A and B. Tracks the current waveform. Tracks the most recent measurement. Tracks the the histogram window. Tracks the mask scale. This example sets the marker mode to waveform. myScope.
PAGE 385
Marker Commands 22 :MARKer:X1Position Command :MARKer:X1Position The :MARKer:X1Position command sets the Ax marker position, and moves the Ax marker to the specified time with respect to the trigger time. Example A real number for the time at the Ax marker in seconds. This example sets the Ax marker to 90 ns. myScope.WriteString ":MARKER:X1POSITION 90E-9" Query :MARKer:X1Position? The :MARKer:X1Position? query returns the time at the Ax marker position.
PAGE 386
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:X2Position Command :MARKer:X2Position The :MARKer:X2Position command sets the Bx marker position and moves the Bx marker to the specified time with respect to the trigger time. Example A real number for the time at the Bx marker in seconds. This example sets the Bx marker to 90 ns. myScope.WriteString ":MARKER:X2POSITION 90E-9" Query :MARKer:X2Position? The :MARKer:X2Position? query returns the time at Bx marker in seconds.
PAGE 387
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source Command :MARKer:X1Y1source {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the Ax and Ay markers. The channel you specify must be enabled for markers to be displayed. If the channel, function, or waveform memory that you specify is not on, an error message is issued and the query will return channel 1.
PAGE 388
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source Command :MARKer:X2Y2source {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the Bx and By markers. The channel you specify must be enabled for markers to be displayed. If the channel, function, or waveform memory that you specify is not on, an error message is issued and the query will return channel 1.
PAGE 389
Marker Commands 22 :MARKer:XDELta? Query :MARKer:XDELta? The :MARKer:XDELta? query returns the time difference between Ax and Bx time markers. Xdelta = time at Bx - time at Ax Returned Format [:MARKer:XDELta] Time difference between Ax and Bx time markers in seconds. Example This example returns the current time between the Ax and Bx time markers to the numeric variable, varTime, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.
PAGE 390
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:Y1Position Command :MARKer:Y1Position The :MARKer:Y1Position command sets the Ay marker position on the specified source. Example A real number for the current measurement unit value at Ay (volts, amps, or watts). This example sets the Ay marker to 10 mV. myScope.WriteString ":MARKER:Y1POSITION 10E-3" Query :MARKer:Y1Position? The :MARKer:Y1Position? query returns the current measurement unit level at the Ay marker position.
PAGE 391
Marker Commands 22 :MARKer:Y2Position Command :MARKer:Y2Position The :MARKer:Y2Position command sets the By marker position on the specified source. Example A real number for the current measurement unit value at By (volts, amps, or watts). This example sets the By marker to- 100 mV. myScope.WriteString ":MARKER:Y2POSITION -100E-3" Query :MARKer:Y2Position? The :MARKer:Y2Position? query returns the current measurement unit level at the By marker position.
PAGE 392
22 Marker Commands :MARKer:YDELta? Query :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the current measurement unit difference between Ay and By. Ydelta = value at By - value at Ay Returned Format [:MARKer:YDELta] Measurement unit difference between Ay and By. Example This example returns the voltage difference between Ay and By to the numeric variable, varVolts, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.
PAGE 393
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:ALIGn 395 :MTESt:AlignFIT 396 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate 398 :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce 399 :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE 400 :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs 401 :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta 402 :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta 403 :MTESt:AUTO 404 :MTESt:AVERage 405 :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt 406 :MTESt:COUNt:FAILures? 407 :MTESt:COUNt:FUI? 408 :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? 409 :MTESt:COUNt:UI? 410 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? 411 :MTESt:DELete 412 :MTESt:ENABle 413 :MTESt:FOLDing 414 :
PAGE 394
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:SOURce 430 :MTESt:STARt 431 :MTESt:STOP 432 :MTESt:STIMe 433 :MTESt:TITLe? 434 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce 435 The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. Mask Testing automatically compares measurement results with the boundaries of a set of polygons that you define. Any waveform or sample that falls within the boundaries of one or more polygons is recorded as a failure.
PAGE 395
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:ALIGn Command :MTESt:ALIGn The :MTESt:ALIGn command automatically aligns and scales the mask to the current waveform on the display. The type of mask alignment performed depends on the current setting of the Use File Setup When Aligning control. See the :MTESt:AUTO command for more information. Example This example aligns the current mask to the current waveform. myScope.
PAGE 396
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AlignFIT Command :MTESt:AlignFIT {EYEAMI | EYECMI | EYENRZ | FANWidth | FAPeriod | FAPWidth | FYNWidth | FYPWidth | NONE | NWIDth | PWIDth | TMAX | TMIN} The :MTESt:AlignFIT command specifies the alignment type for aligning a mask to a waveform. The pulse mask standard has rules that determine which controls the oscilloscope can adjust or change during the alignment process.
PAGE 397
Mask Test Commands Returned Format 23 [:MTESt:AlignFIT] {EYEAMI | EYECMI | EYENRZ | FANWidth | FAPeriod | FAPWidth | FYNWidth | FYPWidth | NONE | NWIDth | PWIDth | TMAX | TMIN} Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 397
PAGE 398
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AMASk:CREate Command :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the AMASk:XDELta, AMASk:YDELta, and AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.
PAGE 399
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce Command :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce CHANnel The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the AMASk:XDELta and AMASk:YDELta parameters when AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent. When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel:UNITs command, of the selected source. Suppose that UNITs are CURRent and that you set SOURce to CHANNEL1, which is using units of volts.
PAGE 400
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE Command NOTE :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} "" The :MTESt:AMASk:STORe command is equivalent to the :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE command. The :MTESt:AMASk:SAVE command saves the automask generated mask to a file. If an automask has not been generated, an error occurs. Example An MS- DOS compatible name of the file, a maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used).
PAGE 401
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs Command :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by AMASk:XDELta and AMASk:YDELta commands. CURRent When set to CURRent, the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel:UNITs command, usually time for ΔX and voltage for ΔY.
PAGE 402
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta Command :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask. Example A value for the horizontal tolerance.
PAGE 403
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta Command :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask. This command requires that mask testing be enabled, otherwise a settings conflict error message is displayed. See :MTESt:ENABle for information on enabling mask testing.
PAGE 404
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AUTO Command :MTESt:AUTO {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:AUTO command enables (ON) or disables (OFF) the Use File Setup When Aligning control. This determines which type of mask alignment is performed when the :MTESt:ALIGn command is sent. When enabled, the oscilloscope controls are changed to the values which are determined by the loaded mask file. This alignment guarantees that the aligned mask and any subsequent mask tests meet the requirements of the standard.
PAGE 405
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AVERage Command :MTESt:AVERage {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:AVERage command enables or disables averaging. When ON, the oscilloscope acquires multiple data values for each time bucket, and averages them. When OFF, averaging is disabled. To set the number of averages, use the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command described next. The :ACQuire:AVERage command performs the same function as this command. Averaging is not available in PDETect mode.
PAGE 406
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt Command :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt The :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of averages for the waveforms. In the AVERage mode, the :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket. The :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt command performs the same function as this command.
PAGE 407
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:COUNt:FAILures? Query :MTESt:COUNt:FAILures? REGion The MTESt:COUNt:FAILures? query returns the number of failures that occurred within a particular mask region. The value 9.999E37 is returned if mask testing is not enabled or if you specify a region number that is unused. Returned Format Example An integer, 1 through 8, designating the region for which you want to determine the failure count.
PAGE 408
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FUI? Query :MTESt:COUNt:FUI? The MTESt:COUNt:FUI? query returns the number of unit interval failures that have occured. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:COUNt:FUI?] The number of unit interval failures. This example determines the current number of unit interval failures and prints it to the computer screen. Dim strFailures As String myScope.WriteString ":MTEST:COUNT:FUI?" strFailures = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 409
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? Query :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms, so if you wish to determine failures by region number, use the COUNt:FAILures? query. This count may not always be available.
PAGE 410
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:COUNt:UI? Query :MTESt:COUNt:UI? The MTESt:COUNt:UI? query returns the number of unit intervals that have been mask tested. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:COUNt:UI?] The number of unit intervals tested. This example determines the current number of unit intervals tested and prints it to the computer screen. Dim strUnit_intervals As String myScope.WriteString ":MTEST:COUNT:uUI?" strUnit_intervals = myScope.
PAGE 411
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? Query :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. The value 9.999E37 is returned if mask testing is not enabled. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms] The total number of waveforms for the current test run.
PAGE 412
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:DELete Command :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask. Example This example clears the currently loaded mask. myScope.
PAGE 413
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:ENABle Command :MTESt:ENABle {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. ON Enables the mask test features. OFF Disables the mask test features. Example This example enables the mask test features. myScope.WriteString ":MTEST:ENABLE ON" Query :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.
PAGE 414
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:FOLDing (Clock Recovery software only) Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2688A Clock Recovery Software is installed. :MTESt:FOLDing {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:FOLDing command enables (ON) or disables (OFF) the display of the real time eye. When enabled, an eye diagram of the data. Example This example enables the display of the real time eye. myScope.
PAGE 415
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:FOLDing:BITS Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2688A Clock Recovery Software is installed. :MTESt:FOLDing:BITS {BOTH | DEEMphasis | TRANsition | PATTern, "", } The :MTESt:FOLDing:BITS command determines the type of data bits used to create the eye pattern. The transition bits are greater in amplitude than the deemphasis bits. The PCI Express standard requires that compliance mask testing be done for both bit types.
PAGE 416
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:HAMPlitude Command :MTESt:HAMPlitude The :MTESt:HAMPlitude command sets the maximum pulse amplitude value that passes the pulse standard. For some of the pulse communications standards, a pulse has a range of amplitude values and still passes the standard. This command sets the upper limit used during mask testing. Example A real number that represents the maximum amplitude in volts of a pulse as allowed by the pulse standard.
PAGE 417
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:IMPedance Command :MTESt:IMPedance {NONE | IMP75 | IMP100 | IMP110 | IMP120} The :MTESt:IMPedance command sets the desired probe impedance of the channel being used for mask testing. This impedance value is used when starting a mask test to determine whether or not the correct Infiniium probe is connected and in the case of the E2621A if the switch is set to the correct impedance value. Infiniium has an AutoProbe interface that detects probes that have Probe ID resistors.
PAGE 418
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:INVert Command :MTESt:INVert {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:INVert command inverts the mask for testing negative- going pulses. The trigger level and mask offset are also adjusted. Not all masks support negative- going pulse testing, and for these masks, the command is ignored. Example This example inverts the mask for testing negative- going pulses. myScope.
PAGE 419
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:LAMPlitude Command :MTESt:LAMPlitude The :MTESt:LAMPlitude command sets the minimum pulse amplitude value that passes the pulse standard. For some of the pulse communications standards, a pulse has a range of amplitude values and still passes the standard. This command sets the lower limit used during mask testing. Example A real number that represents the minimum amplitude in volts of a pulse as allowed by the pulse standard.
PAGE 420
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:LOAD Command :MTESt:LOAD "" The :MTESt:LOAD command loads the specified mask file. The default path for mask files is C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\ Infiniium\MASKS. To use a different path, specify the complete path and file name. Example An MS- DOS compatible name of the file, a maximum of 254 characters long (including the path name, if used). This example loads the mask file named "140md_itu_1.msk". myScope.
PAGE 421
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:NREGions? Query :MTESt:NREGions? The :MTESt:NREGions? query returns the number of regions that define the mask. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:NREGions] An integer from 0 to 8. This example returns the number of mask regions. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.WriteString ":MTEST:NREGIONS?" varRegions = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 422
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:PROBe:IMPedance? Query :MTESt:PROBe:IMPedance? The :MTESt:PROBe:IMPedance? query returns the impedance setting for the E2621A and E2622A probes for the current mask test channel. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:PROBe:IMPedance] An unquoted string: 75, 100, 110, 120, or NONE This example returns the impedance setting for the probe. Dim strImpedance As String myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.
PAGE 423
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:RUMode Command :MTESt:RUMode {FORever | TIME, | {WAVeforms, }} The :MTESt:RUMode command determines the termination conditions for the mask test. The choices are FORever, TIME, or WAVeforms. If WAVeforms is selected, a second parameter is required indicating the number of failures that can occur or the number of samples or waveforms that are to be acquired. FORever FORever runs the Mask Test until the test is turned off.
PAGE 424
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure Command :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure command enables or disables the Stop On Failure run until criteria. When a mask test is run and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped. Example This example enables the Stop On Failure run until criteria. myScope.
PAGE 425
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:SCALe:BIND Command :MTESt:SCALe:BIND {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind - 1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control. If the Bind 1 & 0 Levels control is enabled, the 1 Level and the 0 Level controls track each other. Adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control shifts the position of the mask up or down without changing its size.
PAGE 426
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:SCALe:X1 Command :MTESt:SCALe:X1 The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X- coordinate is defined by the SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect to this value, according to the equation: X = (X × ΔX) + X1 Thus, if you set X1 to 100 ms, and XDELta to 100 ms, an X value of 0.100 is a vertex at 110 ms.
PAGE 427
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta Command :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0; thus, the X2 marker defines where X=1. Because all X vertices of the regions defined for mask testing are normalized with respect to X1 and ΔX, redefining ΔX also moves those vertices to stay in the same locations with respect to X1 and ΔX.
PAGE 428
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 Command :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y × (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1 Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a vertex is at 190 mV. Example A voltage value specifying the point at which Y=0.
PAGE 429
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 Command :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y × (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1 Thus, if you set Y1 to 100 mV, and Y2 to 1 V, a Y value of 0.100 in a vertex is at 190 mV.
PAGE 430
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:SOURce Command :MTESt:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | EQUalized} The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. The EQUalized source is only available if the oscilloscope has the High Speed Serial option and the Serial Data Equalization option installed and the features are enabled. This command uses the Feed- Forward Equalized (FFE) signal as the source. Example An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 431
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:STARt Command :MTESt:STARt The :MTESt:STARt command starts the mask test. The :MTESt:STARt command also starts the oscilloscope acquisition system. Example This example starts the mask test and acquisition system. myScope.
PAGE 432
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:STOP Command :MTESt:STOP The :MTESt:STOP command stops the mask test. The :MTESt:STOP command does not stop the acquisition system. Example This example stops the mask test. myScope.
PAGE 433
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:STIMe Command :MTESt:STIMe The :MTESt:STIMe command sets the timeout value for the Autoalign feature. If the oscilloscope is unable to align the mask to your waveform within the specified timeout value, it will stop trying to align and will report an alignment failure. Example An integer from 1 to 120 seconds representing the time between triggers (not the time that it takes to finish the alignment.
PAGE 434
23 Mask Test Commands :MTESt:TITLe? Query :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 23 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Returned Format Example [:MTESt:TITLe] A string of up to 23 ASCII characters which is the mask title. This example places the mask title in the string variable and prints the contents to the computer's screen.
PAGE 435
Mask Test Commands 23 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce Command :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce CHANnel The :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command sets the channel or function to use as the trigger. Mask testing must be enabled before using this command. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example sets the mask trigger source to channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":MTEST:TRIGGER:SOURCE CHANNEL1" Query :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce? The query returns the currently selected mask test trigger source.
PAGE 436
23 Mask Test Commands 436 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 437
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 24 Measure Commands :MEASure:AREA 445 :MEASure:BINTerval 446 :MEASure:BPERiod 447 :MEASure:BWIDth 448 :MEASure:CDRRATE 449 :MEASure:CGRade:CROSsing 450 :MEASure:CGRade:DCDistortion 451 :MEASure:CGRade:EHEight 452 :MEASure:CGRade:EWIDth 453 :MEASure:CGRade:EWINdow 454 :MEASure:CGRade:JITTer 455 :MEASure:CGRade:QFACtor 456 :MEASure:CLEar 457 :MEASure:CLOCk 458 :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod 459 :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:ALIGn 461 :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:DE
PAGE 438
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude 491 :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency 493 :MEASure:FFT:MAGNitude 494 :MEASure:FFT:PEAK1 495 :MEASure:FFT:PEAK2 496 :MEASure:FFT:THReshold 497 :MEASure:FREQuency 498 :MEASure:HISTogram:HITS 500 :MEASure:HISTogram:M1S 501 :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S 502 :MEASure:HISTogram:M3S 503 :MEASure:HISTogram:MAX 504 :MEASure:HISTogram:MEAN 505 :MEASure:HISTogram:MEDian 506 :MEASure:HISTogram:MIN 507 :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE 508 :MEASure:HISTogram:PEAK 509 :MEASure:HISTogram:PP 510 :MEASure:H
PAGE 439
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:NAME 533 :MEASure:NCJitter 534 :MEASure:NOISe 536 :MEASure:NOISe:ALL? 537 :MEASure:NOISe:BANDwidth 538 :MEASure:NOISe:LOCation 539 :MEASure:NOISe:RN 540 :MEASure:NOISe:SCOPe:RN 541 :MEASure:NOISe:STATe 542 :MEASure:NOISe:UNITs 543 :MEASure:NPERiod 544 :MEASure:NPULses 545 :MEASure:NUI 546 :MEASure:NWIDth 547 :MEASure:OVERshoot 549 :MEASure:PAMPlitude 551 :MEASure:PBASe 552 :MEASure:PERiod 553 :MEASure:PHASe 555 :MEASure:PPULses 557 :MEASure:PREShoot 558 :MEASure:PTOP 560 :MEAS
PAGE 440
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe 583 :MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ? 584 :MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs 585 :MEASure:SCRatch 586 :MEASure:SENDvalid 587 :MEASure:SETuptime 588 :MEASure:SLEWrate 590 :MEASure:SOURce 591 :MEASure:STATistics 592 :MEASure:TEDGe 593 :MEASure:THResholds:ABSolute 595 :MEASure:THResholds:HYSTeresis 597 :MEASure:THResholds:METHod 599 :MEASure:THResholds:PERCent 600 :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:METHod 602 :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:ABSolute 603 :MEASure:TIEClock2 605 :MEASure:TIEData 607 :MEASure:T
PAGE 441
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VTOP 638 :MEASure:VUPPer 639 :MEASure:WINDow 641 The commands in the MEASure subsystem are used to make parametric measurements on displayed waveforms. E2688A High Speed Serial Software commands The following MEASure commands are available when the E2688A High Speed Serial Software is installed.
PAGE 442
24 Measure Commands • ":MEASure:JITTer:STATistics" on page 526 • ":MEASure:JITTer:TRENd" on page 527 • ":MEASure:NCJitter" on page 534 • ":MEASure:NPERiod" on page 544 • ":MEASure:NUI" on page 546 • ":MEASure:SETuptime" on page 588 • ":MEASure:TIEClock2" on page 605 • ":MEASure:TIEData" on page 607 • ":MEASure:UITouijitter" on page 617 • ":MEASure:UNITinterval" on page 618 N5400A and N5401A Jitter Analysis Software commands The following MEASure commands are available when the N5400A or N5401A Jitter Anal
PAGE 443
24 Measure Commands • ":MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE" on page 576 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:INTerpolate" on page 577 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:PLENgth" on page 579 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:SOURce" on page 582 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:STATe" on page 583 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ?" on page 584 • ":MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs" on page 585 • ":MEASure:SETuptime" on page 588 • ":MEASure:TIEClock2" on page 605 • ":MEASure:TIEData" on page 607 • ":MEASure:UNITinterval" on page 618 FFT Commands Measurement Setup The :MEASure:FFT commands control the FFT measurements
PAGE 444
24 Measure Commands When any of the defined measurements are requested, the oscilloscope first determines the top (100%) and base (0%) voltages of the waveform. From this information, the oscilloscope determines the other important voltage values (10%, 90%, and 50% voltage values) for making measurements. The 10% and 90% voltage values are used in the rise time and fall time measurements when standard thresholds are selected.
PAGE 445
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:AREA Command :MEASure:AREA {CYCLe | DISPlay}[,] The :MEASure:AREA command turns on the area measurement. The area measurement measures between the waveform, or a selected cycle of the waveform, and the waveform ground. When measuring Area, it is sometimes useful to use the Subtract Math Operator to remove any dc offset from a waveform you want to measure. Also see Math/FFT Functions for more details.
PAGE 446
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:BINTerval Command :MEASure:BINTerval , The :MEASure:BINTerval command measures the amount of time between the end of a burst and beginning of the next burst. The idle time is the minimum time between bursts. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory.
PAGE 447
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:BPERiod Command :MEASure:BPERiod , The :MEASure:BPERiod command measures the time between the beginning of a burst and the beginning of the next burst. The idle time is the minimum time between bursts. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory.
PAGE 448
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:BWIDth Command :MEASure:BWIDth , The :MEASure:BWIDth command measures the width of bursts in your waveform. The idle time is the minimum time between bursts. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MSPectrum | MTRend | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 449
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CDRRATE Command :MEASure:CDRRATE The :MEASure:CDRRATE command determines the data rate (clock recovery rate) from the clock recovery method being used. It yields one data point per acquisition so trending cannot be performed on this measurement. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MSPectrum | MTRend | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 450
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:CROSsing Command :MEASure:CGRade:CROSsing The :MEASure:CGRade:CROSsing command enables the crossing level percent measurement on the current eye pattern. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Also, there must be a full eye diagram on screen before a valid measurement can be made. Example This example measures the crossing level. myScope.
PAGE 451
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:DCDistortion Command :MEASure:CGRade:DCDistortion The :MEASure:CGRade:DCDistortion command enables the duty cycle distortion measurement on the current eye pattern. The parameter specifies the format for reporting the measurement. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Also, there must be a full eye diagram on screen before a valid measurement can be made.
PAGE 452
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:EHEight Command :MEASure:CGRade:EHEight The :MEASure:CGRade:EHEight command enables the eye height measurement on the current eye pattern. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Also, there must be a full eye diagram on screen before a valid measurement can be made.
PAGE 453
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:EWIDth Command :MEASure:CGRade:EWIDth The :MEASure:CGRade:EWIDth command enables the eye width measurement on the current eye pattern. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Also, there must be a full eye diagram on screen before a valid measurement can be made.
PAGE 454
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:EWINdow Command :MEASure:CGRade:EWINdow ,[,] The :MEASure:CGRade:EWINdow command is used to change the starting point and the stopping point of the window used to make the eye pattern measurements of eye height, eye crossing %, and eye q- factor. In addition, the number of waveform hits can be set to ensure that enough data has been collected to make accurate measurements. An integer from 1 to 100 for horizontal starting point.
PAGE 455
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:JITTer Command :MEASure:CGRade:JITTer The :MEASure:CGRade:JITTer measures the jitter at the eye diagram crossing point. The parameter specifies the format, peak- to- peak or RMS, of the returned results. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Example {PP | RMS} This example measures the jitter. myScope.
PAGE 456
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CGRade:QFACtor Command :MEASure:CGRade:QFACtor The :MEASure:CGRade:QFACtor command measures the Q factor. Before using this command or query, you must use the :DISPlay:CGRade command to enable the color grade persistence feature. Also, there must be a full eye diagram on screen before a valid measurement can be made. Example This example measures the Q factor. myScope.
PAGE 457
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLEar Command :MEASure:{CLEar | SCRatch} The :MEASure:CLEar command clears the measurement results from the screen and disables all previously enabled measurements. Example This example clears the current measurement results from the screen. myScope.
PAGE 458
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk Command :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk {{{ON|1},CHANnel} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:CLOCk command turns the recovered clock display on or off and sets the clock recovery channel source. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example turns the recovered clock display on for channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 459
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod Command :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software).
PAGE 460
24 Measure Commands FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. A real number for the base data rate in Hertz. A real number for the damping factor of the PLL in bits per second. A real number for the cutoff frequency for the PLL to track. An integer used as the multiplication factor. A real number used for the clock frequency of the PLL.
PAGE 461
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:ALIGn Command NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). :MEASure:CLOCK:METHod:ALIGn {CENTer | EDGE} When using an explicit method of clock recovery, the :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:ALIGn command specifies how the clock is aligned with data: • CENTer — Clock edges are aligned with the center of data.
PAGE 462
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:DEEMphasis Command NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:DEEMphasis {OFF | ON} The :MEASure:CLOCk:METHod:DEEMphasis command turns de- emphasis on or off. See the help system for more information on de- emphasis. Example This example enables de- emphasis. myScope.
PAGE 463
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical Command NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTIcal command sets the recovered clock vertical scale mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the vertical scaling and offset.
PAGE 464
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:OFFSet Command NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:OFFSet The :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTial:OFFSet command sets the recovered clock vertical offset. A real number for the recovered clock vertical offset.
PAGE 465
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:RANGe Command NOTE :MEASure:CLOCk commands are available when clock recovery is used by licensed software (like the E2688A High Speed Serial software or the N5400A/N5401A EZJIT Plus jitter analysis software). :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTical:RANGe The :MEASure:CLOCk:VERTial:RANGe command sets the recovered clock vertical range. A real number for the full- scale recovered clock vertical range.
PAGE 466
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CROSsing Command :MEASure:CROSsing , The :MEASure:CROSsing command adds the crossing measurement to the screen. The crossing measurement is the voltage where two signals cross (uses edges closest to the center of the screen) {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} Example a real number This example measures the voltage where channel 1 and 2 cross. myScope.
PAGE 467
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CTCDutycycle Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:CTCDutycycle , The :MEASure:CYCDutycycle command measures the cycle- to- cycle duty cycle jitter (%) of the waveform.
PAGE 468
24 Measure Commands Example This example places the cycle- to- cycle duty cycle of channel 1 in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:CTCDUTYCYCLE CHANNEL1,RISING" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 469
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CTCJitter Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:CTCJitter , The :MEASure:CYCJitter command measures the cycle- to- cycle jitter of the waveform.
PAGE 470
24 Measure Commands Example This example places the cycle- to- cycle jitter of channel 1 in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:CTCJITTER CHANNEL1,RISING" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 471
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CTCNwidth Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:CTCNwidth [] The :MEASure:CTCNwidth command measures the cycle- to- cycle - width jitter of the waveform.
PAGE 472
24 Measure Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:CTCNWIDTH CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 473
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:CTCPwidth Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:CTCPwidth [] The :MEASure:CYCPwidth command measures the cycle- to- cycle + width jitter of the waveform.
PAGE 474
24 Measure Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:CTCPWIDTH CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 475
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:DATarate Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:DATarate [,{AUTO | (SEMI,)}] The :MEASure:DATarate command measures the data rate in bits per second for the selected source.
PAGE 476
24 Measure Commands Example This example places the current data rate of the channel 1 waveform in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:DATARATE? CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 477
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:DDPWS (Data Dependent Pulse Width Shrinkage) Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:DDPWS The :MEASure:DDPWS command measures the data dependent pulse width shrinkage for the selected source.
PAGE 478
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:DELTatime Command :MEASure:DELTatime [[,]] The :MEASure:DELTatime command measures the delta time between two edges. If one source is specified, the delta time from the leading edge of the specified source to the trailing edge of the specified source is measured. If two sources are specified, the delta time from the leading edge on the first source to the trailing edge on the second source is measured.
PAGE 479
Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current value of delta time in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. This example assumes the source was set using :MEASure:SOURce. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.
PAGE 480
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:DELTatime:DEFine Command :MEASure:DELTatime:DEFine ,, ,,, The MEASuure:DELTatime:DEFine command sets the type of direction, the number of the edge, and the edge position for the delta time measurement. {RISing | FALLing | EITHer} for start directions. An integer from 1 to 65534 for start edge numbers.
PAGE 481
Measure Commands NOTE 24 Turn Off Headers When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data.
PAGE 482
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle Command :MEASure:DUTYcycle [[,]] The :MEASure:DUTYcycle command measures the ratio (%) of the positive pulse width to the period. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:DUTYcycle command.
PAGE 483
Measure Commands Example 24 This example places the current duty cycle of the channel 1 waveform in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:DUTYCYCLE? CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 484
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:EDGE Command :MEASure:EDGE [[,]] The :MEASure:EDGE command measures the time of the edge, relative to the reference location. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:DUTYcycle command.
PAGE 485
Measure Commands Example 24 This example places the current duty cycle of the channel 1 waveform in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTem:HEADer OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:EDGE? CHANnel1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 486
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:ETOedge Command :MEASure:ETOedge , , , , , , , The :MEASure:ETOedge command measures the delta time between two edges. It is similar to the delta time measurement, but can be applied to the measurement trend. It also enables you to set whether the measurement is between an edge before or after a specific edge and the number of edges to move forward or backwards.
PAGE 487
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FALLtime Command :MEASure:FALLtime [] The :MEASure:FALLtime command measures the time at the upper threshold of the falling edge, measures the time at the lower threshold of the falling edge, then calculates the fall time. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FALLtime command. The first displayed falling edge is used for the fall- time measurement.
PAGE 488
24 Measure Commands Example This example places the current value for fall time in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:FALLTIME? CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 489
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FFT:DFRequency Command :MEASure:FFT:DFRequency [] The :MEASure:FFT:DFRequency command enables the delta frequency measurement. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FFT:DFR command. The source must be a function that is set to FFTMagnitude, or a waveform memory that contains an FFT for this command and query to work.
PAGE 490
24 Measure Commands varFrequency = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 491
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude Command :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude [] The :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude command enables the delta magnitude measurement. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FFT command. The source must be a function that is set to FFT, or a waveform memory that contains an FFT for this command and query to work.
PAGE 492
24 Measure Commands varMagnitude = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 493
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency Command :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency [] The :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency command enables the frequency measurement. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FFT command. The source must be a function that is set to FFT, or a waveform memory that contains an FFT for this command and query to work.
PAGE 494
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:FFT:MAGNitude Command :MEASure:FFT:MAGNitude [] The :MEASure:FFT:MAGNitude command measures the magnitude of the FFT. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FFT command. The source must be a function that is set to FFT, or a waveform memory that contains an FFT for this command and query to work.
PAGE 495
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FFT:PEAK1 Command :MEASure:FFT:PEAK1 <1st_peak_number> The :MEASure:FFT:PEAK1command sets the peak number of the first peak for FFT measurements. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command as FUNCtion or WMEMory. <1st_peak _number> Query An integer, 1 to 100 specifying the number of the first peak. For functions and waveform memories: 1, 2, 3, or 4.
PAGE 496
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:FFT:PEAK2 Command :MEASure:FFT:PEAK2 <2nd_peak_number> The :MEASure:FFT:PEAK2 command sets the peak number of the second peak for FFT measurements. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command as FUNCtion or WMEMory. <2nd_peak _number> Query An integer, 1 to 100 specifying the number of the second peak. For functions and waveform memories: 1, 2, 3, or 4.
PAGE 497
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:FFT:THReshold Command :MEASure:FFT:THReshold The :MEASure:FFT:THReshold command sets the peak search threshold value in dB. The dB after the threshold value is optional. Query A real number specifying the threshold for peaks. :MEASure:FFT:THReshold? The :MEASure:FFT:THReshold? query returns the peak search threshold value.
PAGE 498
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency Command :MEASure:FREQuency [[,]] The :MEASure:FREQuency command measures the frequency of the first complete cycle on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform (50% levels if standard thresholds are selected). The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:FREQuency command.
PAGE 499
Measure Commands Returned Format [:MEASure:FREQuency] [,] The frequency value in Hertz of the first complete cycle on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform. If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states.
PAGE 500
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:HITS Command :MEASure:HISTogram:HITS [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:HITS command places the histogram hits measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 501
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:M1S Command :MEASure:HISTogram:M1S [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:M1S command places the histogram percentage of points within one standard deviation of the mean measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command.
PAGE 502
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S Command :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S command places the histogram percentage of points within two standard deviations of the mean measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command.
PAGE 503
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:M3S Command :MEASure:HISTogram:M3S [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S command places the histogram percentage of points within two standard deviations of the mean measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command.
PAGE 504
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:MAX Command :MEASure:HISTogram:MAX [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:MAX command places the histogram maximum value measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 505
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:MEAN Command :MEASure:HISTogram:MEAN [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:MEAN command places the histogram mean measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 506
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:MEDian Command :MEASure:HISTogram:MEDian [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:MEDian command places the histogram median measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 507
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:MIN Command :MEASure:HISTogram:MIN [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:MIN command places the histogram minimum measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 508
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE Command :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE command places the histogram mode measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 509
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:PEAK Command :MEASure:HISTogram:PEAK [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:PEAK command places the histogram number of hits in the greatest peak measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 510
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:PP Command :MEASure:HISTogram:PP [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:PP command places the histogram width measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 511
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:RESolution Command :MEASure:HISTogram:RESolution [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:RESolution command places the histogram bin width measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 512
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HISTogram:STDDev Command :MEASure:HISTogram:STDDev [] The :MEASure:HISTogram:STDDev command places the histogram standard deviation measurement into the Measurements tab of the oscilloscope's user interface. The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the command. The :MEASure:HISTogram commands only apply to Meas Histogram math functions, the histogram waveform, or memories containing histograms.
PAGE 513
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:HOLDtime Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:HOLDtime [,, ,] The :MEASure:HOLDtime command measures the hold time between the specified clock and data sources.
PAGE 514
24 Measure Commands Example {RISing | FALLing} Selects the direction of the clock source edge. This example measures the hold time from the rising edge of channel 1 to the rising edge of channel 2. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:HOLDTIME CHAN1,RIS,CHAN2,RIS" Query :MEASure:HOLDtime? [,,, ] The :MEASure:HOLDtime? query returns the measured hold time between the specified clock and data source.
PAGE 515
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:HISTogram Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:HISTogram {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:JITTer:HISTogram command turns the measurement histogram display on or off when a jitter measurement is displayed. Example This example turns the jitter measurement histogram display on. myScope.
PAGE 516
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:MEASurement Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:JITTer:MEASurement {MEASurement} The :MEASure :JITTer:MEASurement command selects which measurement displayed on the oscilloscope you are performing the jitter analysis on. MEASurement1 is the left- most measurement on the display.
PAGE 517
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum command turns the jitter spectrum display on or off when a jitter measurement is displayed. Example This example turns the jitter measurement spectrum display on. myScope.
PAGE 518
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal {AUTO | MANual} The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal command sets the jitter spectrum horizontal mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the horizontal scaling and center frequency.
PAGE 519
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:POSition Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:POSition The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:POSition command sets the jitter spectrum horizontal center frequency position. Example A real number for the center frequency position in Hertz.
PAGE 520
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:RANGe Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:RANGe The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:RANGe command sets the jitter spectrum horizontal range. A real number for the horizontal frequency range in Hertz. Example This example sets the jitter spectrum horizontal range to 10 GHz (1 GHz/div). myScope.
PAGE 521
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical command sets the jitter spectrum vertical mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the vertical scaling and offset. In manual mode, you can set your own vertical scaling and offset values.
PAGE 522
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:OFFSet Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:OFFSet The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTial:OFFSet command sets the jitter spectrum vertical offset. A real number for the vertical offset of the jitter measurement spectrum. Example This example sets the jitter spectrum vertical offset to 2 ns. myScope.
PAGE 523
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:RANGe Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:RANGe The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTial:RANGe command sets the jitter spectrum vertical range. A real number for the full- scale vertical range for the jitter measurement spectrum.
PAGE 524
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:TYPE Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:TYPE {LINear | LOGarithmic} The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:TYPE command lets you select either a LINear or a LOGarithmic vertical scale for the jitter spectum plot. Example This example sets a linear vertical scale for the jitter spectrum plot. myScope.
PAGE 525
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:WINDow Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:WINDow {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris | HAMMing} The :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:WINDow command sets the jitter spectrum window mode. For a description of the window modes, see ":FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow" on page 301. Example This example sets the jitter spectrum window mode to Hanning.
PAGE 526
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:STATistics Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:STATistics {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:JITTer:STATistics command enables or disables jitter mode and allows you to view: measurement histogram (:MEASure:JITTer:HISTogram), measurement trend (:MEASure:JITTer:TRENd), and jitter spectrum (:MEASure:JITTer:SPsECtrum) if they are enabled.
PAGE 527
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd command turns the jitter measurement trend display on or off. When on, trend plots measurement results time correlated to the waveform being measured. Example This example turns the jitter measurement trend display on. myScope.
PAGE 528
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth command sets jitter trend smoothing to on or off. When on, smoothing creates a running average smoothed by the number of points set by the :JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth:POINts command. Example This example sets the jitter trend smoothing mode to on.
PAGE 529
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth:POINts Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth:POINts The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:SMOoth:POINts command sets the number of points as a set size for the data smoothing feature. Example odd integers, 3 to 1001. If out of range, the number will be rounded to nearest lower odd integer.
PAGE 530
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTIcal command sets the jitter trend vertical mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the vertical scaling and offset. In manual mode, you can set your own scaling and offset values.
PAGE 531
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical:OFFSet Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical:OFFSet The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTial:OFFSet command sets the jitter trend vertical offset. A real number for the vertical offset for the jitter measurement trend. Example This example sets the jitter trend vertical offset to 100 ps. myScope.
PAGE 532
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical:RANGe Command NOTE This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTical:RANGe The :MEASure:JITTer:TRENd:VERTial:RANGe command sets the jitter trend vertical range. A real number for the full- scale vertical range for the jitter measurement trend. Example This example sets the jitter trend vertical range to 4 ns (500 ps/div X 8 div). myScope.
PAGE 533
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:NAME Command :MEASure:NAME {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4}, The :MEASure:NAME commands sets the name of the specified measurement to whatever string is given to . This enables you to give specific names to measurements displayed on the oscilloscope's screen. Query a quoted string :MEASure:NAME? {MEAS1 | MEAS2 | MEAS3 | MEAS4} The :MEASure:NAME? query returns the name of the corresponding measurement.
PAGE 534
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NCJitter Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:NCJitter ,,, The :MEASure:NCJitter command measures the N cycle jitter of the waveform.
PAGE 535
Measure Commands If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. Example This example places the current value of N cycle jitter in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. 24 myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:NCJITTER? CHANNEL1,RIS,5,1" varValue = myScope.
PAGE 536
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe Command This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:NOISe , {VOLT | UNITamp}, {ZERO | ONE | BOTH} The :MEASure:NOISe command adds a Noise measurement to the oscilloscope display. The parameters specify the input source to be measured, the units (in volts or unit amplitude), and whether "zeros", "ones", or both "zeros" and "ones" should be measured.
PAGE 537
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:NOISe:ALL? Query NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:ALL? {ZERO | ONE} The :MEASure:NOISe:ALL? query returns the NOISe measurement results for the specified level.
PAGE 538
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:BANDwidth Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:BANDwidth {NARRow | WIDE} The :MEASure:NOISe:BANDwidth command sets the type of filtering used to separate the data dependent noise from the random noise and the periodic noise. Example This example sets the RN bandwidth to WIDE. myScope.
PAGE 539
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:LOCation Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:LOCation The :MEASure:NOISe:LOCation command specifies the measurement location within the bit where 0% is the beginning of the bit, 50% is the middle of the bit, and 100% is the end of the bit. You can specify a location value from 5% to 95%. Example This example sets the measurement location to 60%. myScope.
PAGE 540
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:RN Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:RN {ON, , | OFF} The :MEASure:NOISe:RN command can specify a known amount of random noise. When used, the remaining amount of the total noise measured is reported as periodic interference (PI). This command is used in situations when crosstalk aggressors influence the random noise measured on a signal.
PAGE 541
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:SCOPe:RN Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:SCOPe:RN {ON, , | OFF} The :MEASure:NOISe:SCOPe:RN command can specify the removal of the oscilloscope's calibrated random noise from the reported RN. • ON — Enables the removal of the oscilloscope's calibrated random noise from the reported RN.
PAGE 542
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:STATe Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:STATe {ON | OFF} The :MEASure:NOISe:STATe command enables or disables the NOISe measurements. Example This example sets the NOISe state to on. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:NOISe:STATe ON" Query :MEASure:NOISe:STATe? The :MEASure:NOISe:STATe? query returns the state of the NOISe measurements.
PAGE 543
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NOISe:UNITs Command NOTE This command is only available when the EZJIT Complete software is installed. :MEASure:NOISe:UNITs {VOLT | UNITamplitude} The :MEASure:NOISe:UNITs command sets the unit of measure for NOISe measurements to volts or unit amplitude. Example This example sets the NOISe units to unit amplitude. myScope.
PAGE 544
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NPERiod Command :MEASure:NPERiod , , The :MEASure:NPERiod command measures the span of time of N consecutive periods. The measurement then moves over one period and measures the span of time of the next N consecutive periods. Example the source on which the measurement is made rising or falling An integer greater than or equal to 1. This example meaures the time span of 3 consecutive periods on channel 1 (rising edge). myScope.
PAGE 545
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:NPULses Command :MEASure:NPULses The :MEASure:NPULses measures the number of negative pulses on the screen. Example the source on which the measurement is made This example meaures the number of negative pulses on channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:NPULses CHAN1" Query :MEASure:NPULses? This query returns the result for the NPULses measurement.
PAGE 546
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:NUI Command :MEASure:NPERiod , The :MEASure:NPERiod command measures N consecutive unit intervals. The measurement then moves over one unit interval and measures the span of time of the next N consecutive unit intervals. Example the source on which the measurement is made An integer greater than or equal to 1. This example meaures the time span of 3 consecutive unit intervals on channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 547
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:NWIDth Command :MEASure:NWIDth [] The :MEASure:NWIDth command measures the width of the first negative pulse on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform (50% levels with standard threshold selected). Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:NWIDth command.
PAGE 548
24 Measure Commands Example The width of the first negative pulse on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform. If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current width of the first negative pulse on the screen in the numeric variable, varWidth, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.
PAGE 549
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:OVERshoot Command :MEASure:OVERshoot [][,] The :MEASure:OVERshoot command measures the overshoot of the first edge on the screen. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:OVERshoot command. The algorithm is: If the first edge on the screen is rising, then overshoot = (Local Vmax - Vtop) / Vamplitude else overshoot = (Vbase - Local Vmin) / Vamplitude.
PAGE 550
24 Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current value of overshoot in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:OVERSHOOT? CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 551
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:PAMPlitude Command :MEASure:PAMPlitude [, , ] The :MEASure:PAMPlitude command measures the pulse amplitude around the specified edge. There is only a single width applied to the top and base for the amplitude measurement. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory.
PAGE 552
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:PBASe Command :MEASure:PBASe , The :MEASure:PBASe command measures the average of the data of a negative pulse within the pulse window. The pulse window is a range of data centered within the pulse width using the specified percentage of the data as measured as the middle threshold level. For example, a 50% window would not include in the average the first or last 25% of the pulse width as measured at the middle threshold level.
PAGE 553
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:PERiod Command :MEASure:PERiod [[,]] The :MEASure:PERiod command measures the period of the first complete cycle on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform (50% levels with standard measurements selected). The source is specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:PERiod command.
PAGE 554
24 Measure Commands The :MEASure:PERiod? query returns the measured period of the specified source. Returned Format Example [:MEASure:PERiod] [,] Period of the first complete cycle on the screen. If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states.
PAGE 555
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:PHASe Command :MEASure:PHASe [[,[,]]] The :MEASure:PHASe command measures the phase in degrees between two edges. If two sources are specified, the phase from the specified edge of the first source to the specified edge of the second source is measured. If one source is specified, the phase is always 0.0E0.00°.
PAGE 556
24 Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current phase angle value between channel 1 and channel 2 in the variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.
PAGE 557
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:PPULses Command :MEASure:PPULses The :MEASure:PPULses measures the number of positive pulses on the screen. Example the source on which the measurement is made This example meaures the number of positive pulses on channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:PPULses CHAN1" Query :MEASure:PPULses? This query returns the result for the PPULses measurement.
PAGE 558
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:PREShoot Command :MEASure:PREShoot [] The :MEASure:PREShoot command measures the preshoot of the first edge on the screen. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:PREShoot command. The algorithm is: If the first edge on the screen is rising, then preshoot = (Vbase - Local Vmin) / Vamplitude else preshoot = (Local Vmax - Vtop) / Vamplitude.
PAGE 559
Measure Commands Example 24 If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current value of preshoot in the numeric variable, varPreshoot, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:PRESHOOT? CHANNEL1" varPreshoot = myScope.
PAGE 560
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:PTOP Command :MEASure:PTOP , The :MEASure:PTOP command measures the average of the data of a positive pulse within the pulse window. The pulse window is a range of data centered within the pulse width using the specified percentage of the data as measured as the middle threshold level. For example, a 50% window would not include in the average the first or last 25% of the pulse width as measured at the middle threshold level.
PAGE 561
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:PWIDth Command :MEASure:PWIDth [] The :MEASure:PWIDth command measures the width of the first positive pulse on the screen using the mid- threshold levels of the waveform (50% levels with standard measurements selected). Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:PWIDth command.
PAGE 562
24 Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the value of the width of the first positive pulse on the screen in the numeric variable, varWidth, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.
PAGE 563
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:QUALifier:CONDition Command :MEASure:QUALifier:CONDition {HIGH | LOW | INSide | OUTSide} The :MEASure:QUALifier:CONDition command sets the condition when valid timing measurements are made • Above Middle Threshold (HIGH) • Below Middle Threshold (LOW) • Between Upper, Lower Thresholds (INSide) • Not Between Thresholds (OUTSide) Example An integer, 1- 3. This example sets the level qualifier 2 condition to HIGH. myScope.
PAGE 564
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:QUALifier:SOURce Command The channel being selected must not be used to make a timing measurement and must be turned on. NOTE :MEASure:QUALifier:SOURce The :MEASure:QUALifier:SOURce command sets the source of the level qualify for timing measurements. CHANnel An integer, 1- 4. An integer, 1- 3. Example This example sets the level qualifier 2 source to the channel 1 waveform. myScope.
PAGE 565
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:QUALifier:STATe Command :MEASure:QUALifier:STATe {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MEASure:QUALifier:STATe command enables or disables level qualifying for timing measurements. Example An integer, 1- 3. This example sets the level qualifier 2 state to ON. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:QUALIFIER2:STATE ON" Query :MEASure:QUALifier:STATe? The :MEASure:QUALifier:STATe? query returns the state of the level qualifier for timing measurements.
PAGE 566
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RESults? Query :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma- separated values. If SENDvalid is ON, the results state is returnedt. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the values in the :MEASure:RESults returned are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last (left to right) result displayed.
PAGE 567
24 Measure Commands Table 23 Result States Code Description 0 Result correct. No problem found. 1 Result questionable but could be measured. 2 Result less than or equal to value returned. 3 Result greater than or equal to value returned. 4 Result returned is invalid. 5 Result invalid. Required edge not found. 6 Result invalid. Max not found. 7 Result invalid. Min not found. 8 Result invalid. Requested time not found. 9 Result invalid. Requested voltage not found. 10 Result invalid.
PAGE 568
24 Measure Commands Table 23 Result States (continued) 568 Code Description 36 Result invalid. Awaiting completion of averaging. 39 Result invalid. Need jitter package to make this measurement or must be in jitter mode to make this measurement. 40 Current measurement is not on screen. 41 Not enough points available to recover the clock. 42 The loop bandwidth of the PLL is too high to recover the clock. 43 RJDJ pattern not found in data. 45 Clock recovery mode is not permitted.
PAGE 569
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RISetime Command :MEASure:RISetime [] The :MEASure:RISetime command measures the rise time of the first displayed edge by measuring the time at the lower threshold of the rising edge, measuring the time at the upper threshold of the rising edge, then calculating the rise time with the following algorithm: Rise time = time at upper threshold point - time at lower threshold point.
PAGE 570
24 Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example places the current value of rise time in the numeric variable, varRise, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RISETIME? CHANNEL1" varRise = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 571
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:ALL? Query NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:ALL? The :MEASure:RJDJ:ALL? query returns all of the RJDJ jitter measurements.
PAGE 572
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:APLength? Query NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:APLength? The :MEASure:RJDJ:APLength? query returns the determined RjDj pattern length. Returned Format [:MEASure:RJDJ:APLength] The determined RjDj pattern length as a numeric data value. Invalid (9.99999E+37) is returned if there is no data.
PAGE 573
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:BANDwidth Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:BANDwidth {NARRow | WIDE} The :MEASure:RJDJ:BANDwidth command sets the type of filtering used to separate the data dependent jitter form the random jitter and the periodic jitter. Example This example sets the RJ bandwidth to WIDE. myScope.
PAGE 574
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:BER Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:BER {E6 | E7 | E8 | E9 | E10 | E11 | E12 | E13 | E14 | E15 | E16 | E17 | E18 | J2 | J9} The :MEASure:RJDJ:BER command sets the bit error rate for the Total Jitter (TJ) measurement.
PAGE 575
Measure Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RJDJ:BER?" varRate = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.Print FormatNumber(varRate, 0) Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 24 ' Response headers off.
PAGE 576
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE {RISING | FALLING | BOTH} The :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE command sets the edge used for the RJDJ measurements. Example This example sets the RJDJ edge to use both edges. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RJDJ:EDGE BOTH" Query :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE? The :MEASure:RJDJ:EDGE? query returns the edge being used for the RJDJ measurements.
PAGE 577
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:INTerpolate Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:INTerpolate {LINear | NONE} The :MEASure:RJDJ:INTerpolate command sets the interpolation mode used for the RJDJ measurements. Example This example sets the RJDJ interpolation to use both linear. myScope.
PAGE 578
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:MODe Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:MODe {TIE | PERiod | NUI[,]} The :MEASure:RJDJ:MODe command sets the RJDJ measurement mode. If NUI is selected then selects the number of unit intervals (for example: :MEASure:RJDJ:MODe NUI,5. Example This example sets the RJDJ mode to TIE. myScope.
PAGE 579
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:PLENgth Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:PLENgth {AUTO | {ARBitrary,,} | } The :MEASure:RJDJ:PLENgth command sets the number of bits used pattern length for the RJDJ measurements. An integer number that is less than or equal to 0 that is the number of leading bits that are used to calculate the ISI filter.
PAGE 580
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:RJ Command NOTE This command is available when the EZJIT+ software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:RJ {ON, | OFF} The :MEASure:RJDJ:RJ command can specify a known amount of random jitter. When used, the remaining amount of the total jitter measured is reported as periodic jitter (PJ). This command is used in situations when crosstalk aggressors influence the random jitter measured on a signal.
PAGE 581
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:SCOPe:RJ Command NOTE This command is available when the EZJIT+ software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:SCOPe:RJ {ON, | AUTO | OFF} The :MEASure:RJDJ:SCOPe:RJ command can specify the removal of the oscilloscope's calibrated random jitter from the reported RJ. • ON — Enables the "manual" removal of a known oscilloscope random jitter from the reported RJ. • — The known oscilloscope random jitter to remove from the reported RJ.
PAGE 582
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:SOURce Command This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:RJDJ:SOURce The :MEASure:RJDJ:SOURce command sets the source for the RJDJ measurements. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 583
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe {ON | OFF} The :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe command enables or disables the RJDJ measurements. Example This example sets the RJDJ state to on. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:RJDJ:STATE ON" Query :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe? The :MEASure:RJDJ:STATe? query returns the state of the RJDJ measurements.
PAGE 584
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ? Query NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ? The :MEASure:RJDJ:TJRJDJ? query returns the Total Jitter (TJ), Random Jitter (RJ), and the Deterministic Jitter (DJ) measurements.
PAGE 585
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs Command NOTE This command is only available when the N5400A/N5401A Software is installed. :MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs {SECond | UNITinterval} The :MEASure:RJDJ:UNITs command sets the unit of measure for RJDJ measurements to seconds or unit intervals. Example This example sets the RJDJ units to unit interval. myScope.
PAGE 586
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:SCRatch Command :MEASure:{SCRatch | CLEar} The :MEASure:SCRatch command clears the measurement results from the screen. This command performs the same function as :MEASure:CLEar. Example This example clears the current measurement results from the screen. myScope.
PAGE 587
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:SENDvalid Command :MEASure:SENDvalid {{OFF|0} | {ON|1}} The :MEASure:SENDvalid command enables the result state code to be returned with the :MEASure:RESults? query and all other measurement queries. Example This example turns the send valid function on. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:SENDVALID ON" Query :MEASure:SENDvalid? The :MEASure:SENDvalid? query returns the state of the send valid control.
PAGE 588
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:SETuptime Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:SETuptime [,,, ] The :MEASure:SETuptime command measures the setup time between the specified clock and data source.
PAGE 589
Measure Commands Example 24 {RISing | FALLing} Selects the direction of the clock source edge. This example measures the setup time from the rising edge of channel 1 to the rising edge of channel 2. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:SETUPTIME CHAN1,RIS,CHAN2,RIS" Query :MEASure:SETuptime? [,,, ] The :MEASure:SETuptime query returns the measured setup time between the specified clock and data source.
PAGE 590
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:SLEWrate Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:SLEWrate [] The :MEASure:SLEWrate command measures the slew rate of the specified data source. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 591
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:SOURce Command :MEASure:SOURce {[,]} The :MEASure:SOURce command selects the source for measurements. You can specify one or two sources with this command. All measurements except :MEASure:HOLDtime, :MEASure:SETUPtime, and :MEASure:DELTatime are made on the first specified source. The delta time measurement uses two sources if two are specified.
PAGE 592
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:STATistics Command :MEASure:STATistics {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MAXimum | MEAN | MINimum | STDDev} The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are on. Example This example turns all the statistics function on. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:STATISTICS ON" Query :MEASure:STATistics? The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.
PAGE 593
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TEDGe Command :MEASure:TEDGe ,[][,] The :MEASure:TEDGe command measures the time interval between the trigger event and the specified edge (threshold level, slope, and transition). Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:TEDGe command. UPPer, MIDDle, or LOWer to identify the threshold.
PAGE 594
24 Measure Commands Example This example returns the time interval between the trigger event and the 90% threshold on the second rising edge of the source waveform to the numeric variable, varTime. The contents of the variable are then printed to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TEDGE? UPPER,+2,CHANNEL1" varTime = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 595
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:THResholds:ABSolute Command :MEASure:THResholds:ABSolute , ,, The :MEASure:THResholds:ABSolute command sets the upper level, middle level, and lower level voltages that are used to calculate the measurements that use them.
PAGE 596
24 Measure Commands NOTE Turn Off Headers When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data.
PAGE 597
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:THResholds:HYSTeresis Command :MEASure:THResholds:HYSTeresis , , The :MEASure:THResholds:HYSTeresis command sets the range and level voltages that are used to calculate the measurements that use them. The range is added to the level to determine the upper level voltage for measurements that use it. The range is subtracted from the level to determine the lower level voltage. The level is the middle level voltage.
PAGE 598
24 Measure Commands strRangeLevel = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print strRangeLevel NOTE Turn Off Headers When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data.
PAGE 599
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:THResholds:METHod Command :MEASure:THResholds:METHod ,{ABSolute | PERCent | HYSTeresis} The :MEASure:THResholds:METHold command determines the way that the top and base of a waveform are calculated for all of the measurements that use them. {ALL | CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 600
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:THResholds:PERCent Command :MEASure:THResholds:PERCent , ,,
PAGE 601
Measure Commands NOTE 24 Turn Off Headers When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data.
PAGE 602
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:METHod Command :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:METHod ,{ABSolute | HISTONLY | MINma x | STANdard} The :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:METHold command determines the way that the top and base of a waveform are derived for all of the measurements that use them.
PAGE 603
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:THResholds:TOPBase:ABSolute Command :MEASure:TOPBase:THResholds:ABSolute , , The :MEASure:TOPBase:THResholds:ABSolute command sets the top level and base level voltages that are used to calculate the measurements that use them.
PAGE 604
24 Measure Commands NOTE Turn Off Headers When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data.
PAGE 605
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TIEClock2 Command Turn Off Headers NOTE When receiving numeric data into numeric variables, turn off the headers. Otherwise, the headers may cause misinterpretation of returned data. This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/5401A Software is installed.
PAGE 606
24 Measure Commands Specifies direction of clock edge. BOTH selects the first edge from the left- hand side of the waveform viewing area. A real number for the ideal clock frequency for clock recovery. A real number for the loop bandwidth of the PLL clock recovery method. Example This example measures the clock time interval error on the rising edge of channel 1, ideal clock frequency set to automatic, units set to seconds. myScope.
PAGE 607
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:TIEData Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software, Serial Data Analysis, or the N5400A/5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:TIEData ,{SECond | UNITinterval}, {AUTO | CUSTOM, | VARiable,, | CLOCk} The :MEASure:TIEData command measures data time interval error. You can set the units of the measurement by selecting SECond (seconds) or UNITinterval.
PAGE 608
24 Measure Commands The :MEASure:TIEData? query returns the current value of the data time interval error. Returned format Example [:MEASure:TIEData] [,] The data time interval error value. If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states.
PAGE 609
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt Command :MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt command sets the starting frequency for the TIE filter. Query A real number. :MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt? The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt? query returns the current value of the starting frequency of the TIE filter. Returned Format [:MEASure:TIEFilter:STARt] The start frequency for the TIE filter.
PAGE 610
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe Command :MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe command enables the TIE filter for TIE data measurements. Query :MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe? The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe? query returns the current state of the TIE data filter. Returned Format Example [:MEASure:TIEFilter:STATe] {0 | 1} This example returns the current state of the TIE data filter then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen.
PAGE 611
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP Command :MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP command sets the stopping frequency for the TIE filter. Query A real number. :MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP? The :MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP? query returns the current value of the stopping frequency of the TIE filter. Returned Format [:MEASure:TIEFilter:STOP] The stop frequency for the TIE filter.
PAGE 612
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE Command :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE {BANDpass | LOWPass | HIGHpass} The :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE command sets the type of TIE filter to be used. Example This example sets the TIE filter to highpass. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:TIEFilter:TYPE HIGHpass" Query :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE?, The :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE? query returns the current type of TIE filter being used.
PAGE 613
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TMAX Command :MEASure:TMAX [] The :MEASure:TMAX command measures the first time at which the maximum voltage of the source waveform occurred. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:TMAX command.
PAGE 614
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:TMIN Command :MEASure:TMIN [] The :MEASure:TMIN command measures the time at which the first minimum voltage occurred. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:TMIN command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 615
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:TVOLt Command :MEASure:TVOLt ,[] [,] The :MEASure:TVOLt command measures the time interval between the trigger event and the defined voltage level and transition. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:TVOLt command. The TEDGe command can be used to get the time of edges.
PAGE 616
24 Measure Commands Example If SENDvalid is ON, the result state is returned with the measurement result. See the :MEASure:RESults table in this chapter for a list of the result states. This example returns the time interval between the trigger event and the transition through - 0.250 Volts on the third rising occurrence of the source waveform to the numeric variable, varTime. The contents of the variable are then printed to the computer's screen. myScope.
PAGE 617
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:UITouijitter Command :MEASure:UITouijitter , The :MEASure:UITouijitter command measures the difference between two consecutive N- UI measurements. The measurement then moves over one unit interval and makes another measurement. When N=1, this is analogous to cycle- cycle jitter, but measures unit intervals instead of periods. When N>1, this is analogous to N- Cycle jitter but measures unit intervals instead of periods.
PAGE 618
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:UNITinterval Command This command is only available when the E2681A Jitter Analysis Software or the N5400A/5401A Software is installed. NOTE :MEASure:UNITinterval [,{AUTO | (SEMI,)}] The :MEASure:UNITinterval command measures the unit interval value of the selected source.
PAGE 619
Measure Commands Example 24 This example places the current unit interval of the channel 1 waveform in the numeric variable, varValue, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:UNITINTERVAL? CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 620
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VAMPlitude Command :MEASure:VAMPlitude [] The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command calculates the difference between the top and base voltage of the specified source. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VAMPlitude command.
PAGE 621
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VAVerage Command :MEASure:VAVerage {CYCLe | DISPlay}[,] The :MEASure:VAVerage command calculates the average voltage over the displayed waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VAVerage command. CYCLe The CYCLe parameter instructs the average measurement to measure the average voltage across the first period on the display.
PAGE 622
24 Measure Commands Example This example places the current average voltage in the numeric variable, varAverage, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VAVERAGE? DISPLAY,CHANNEL1 CHANNEL1" varAverage = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 623
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VBASe Command :MEASure:VBASe [] The :MEASure:VBASe command measures the statistical base of the waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VBASe command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 624
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VLOWer Command :MEASure:VLOWer [] The :MEASure:VLOWer command measures the voltage value at the lower threshold of the waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VLOWer command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 625
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VMAX Command :MEASure:VMAX [] The :MEASure:VMAX command measures the absolute maximum voltage present on the selected source waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VMAX command.
PAGE 626
24 Measure Commands varMaximum = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 627
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VMIDdle Command :MEASure:VMIDdle [] The :MEASure:VMIDdle command measures the voltage level at the middle threshold of the waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VMIDdle command. Query :MEASure:VMIDdle? [] The :MEASure:VMIDdle? query returns the voltage value at the middle threshold of the waveform.
PAGE 628
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VMIN Command :MEASure:VMIN [] The :MEASure:VMIN command measures the absolute minimum voltage present on the selected source waveform. Sources are specified with :MEASure:SOURce or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VMIN command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 629
Measure Commands 24 varMinimum = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 630
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VOVershoot Command :MEASure:VOVershoot [,] The :MEASure:VOVershoot command is similar to the overshoot measurement, but instead of returning the ratio of overshoot voltage to amplitude as a percent, it returns the local voltage of the overshoot.
PAGE 631
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VPP Command :MEASure:VPP [] The :MEASure:VPP command measures the maximum and minimum voltages on the selected source, then calculates the peak- to- peak voltage as the difference between the two voltages. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VPP command.
PAGE 632
24 Measure Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VPP? CHANNEL1" varVoltage = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 633
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VPReshoot Command :MEASure:VPReshoot [,] The :MEASure:VPReshoot command is similar to the preshoot measurement, but instead of returning the ratio of preshoot voltage to amplitude as a percent, it returns the local voltage of the preshoot. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 634
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VRMS Command :MEASure:VRMS {CYCLe | DISPlay},{AC | DC} [, [,{VOLT | DBM}]] The :MEASure:VRMS command measures the RMS voltage of the selected waveform by subtracting the average value of the waveform from each data point on the display. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VRMS command.
PAGE 635
24 Measure Commands Example This example measures the RMS voltage of the previously selected waveform. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VRMS CYCLE,AC,CHANNEL1" Query :MEASure:VRMS? {CYCLe | DISPlay},{AC | DC} [, [,{VOLT | DBM}]] The :MEASure:VRMS? query returns the RMS voltage of the specified source. Returned Format Example [:MEASure:VRMS] [,] RMS voltage of the selected waveform.
PAGE 636
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VTIMe Command :MEASure:VTIMe [,] The :MEASure:VTIMe command measures the voltage at the specified time. The time is referenced to the trigger event and must be on the screen. When an FFT function is the specified source, the amplitude at the specified frequency is measured. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VTIMe command.
PAGE 637
Measure Commands 24 myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER OFF" ' Response headers off. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:VTIME? 500E-3,CHANNEL1" varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 638
24 Measure Commands :MEASure:VTOP Command :MEASure:VTOP [] The :MEASure:VTOP command measures the statistical top of the selected source waveform. Sources are specified with the :MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VTOP command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 639
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:VUPPer Command :MEASure:VUPPer [] The :MEASure:VUPPer command measures the voltage value at the upper threshold of the waveform. Sources are specified with the MEASure:SOURce command or with the optional parameter following the :MEASure:VUPPer command. {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 640
24 Measure Commands varValue = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.
PAGE 641
Measure Commands 24 :MEASure:WINDow Command :MEASure:WINDow {ZOOM | All}, {MEASN} The :MEASure:WINDow command enables you to only make measurements in the zoom window (measurement gating). Example This example gates Measurement 1 to the zoom window. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:WINDow ZOOM, MEAS1" Query :MEASure:WINDow? {MEASN} This query returns whether the measurement is being performed on the zoomed portion of the waveform (ZOOM) or the entire acquisition (ALL).
PAGE 642
24 Measure Commands 642 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 643
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 25 Root Level Commands :ADER? 645 :AER? 646 :ATER? 647 :AUToscale 648 :AUToscale:CHANnels 649 :AUToscale:PLACement 650 :AUToscale:VERTical 651 :BEEP 652 :BLANk 653 :CDISplay 654 :DIGitize 655 :MTEE 657 :MTER? 658 :MODel? 656 :OPEE 659 :OPER? 660 :OVLRegister? 661 :PDER? 662 :PRINt 663 :RECall:SETup 664 :RUN 665 :SERial 666 :SINGle 667 :STATus? 668 :STOP 669 :STORe:JITTer 670 :STORe:SETup 671 :STORe:WAVeform 672 :TER? 673 :VIEW 674 s1 643
PAGE 644
25 Root Level Commands Root level commands control many of the basic operations of the oscilloscope that you can select by pressing the labeled keys on the front panel. These commands are always recognized by the parser if they are prefixed with a colon, regardless of the current tree position. After executing a root level command, the parser is positioned at the root of the command tree.
PAGE 645
Root Level Commands 25 :ADER? (Acquisition Done Event Register) Query :ADER? The :ADER? query reads the Acquisition Done Event Register and returns 1 or 0. After the Acquisition Done Event Register is read, the register is cleared. The returned value 1 indicates an acquisition completed event has occurred and 0 indicates an acquisition completed event has not occurred. Once the Done bit is set, it is cleared only by doing :ADER? or by sending a *CLS command.
PAGE 646
25 Root Level Commands :AER? (Arm Event Register) Query :AER? The :AER? query reads the Arm Event Register and returns 1 or 0. After the Arm Event Register is read, the register is cleared. The returned value 1 indicates a trigger armed event has occurred and 0 indicates a trigger armed has not occurred. NOTE Arm Event Returns :AER? will allow the Arm Event to return either immediately (if you have armed but not triggered) or on the next arm (if you have already triggered).
PAGE 647
Root Level Commands 25 :ATER? (Auto Trigger Event Register) Query :ATER? The :ATER? query reads the Auto Trigger Event Register and returns 1 or 0. After the Auto Trigger Event Register is read, the register is cleared. The returned value 1 indicates an auto trigger event has occurred and 0 indicates an auto trigger event has not occurred.
PAGE 648
25 Root Level Commands :AUToscale Command :AUToscale The :AUToscale command causes the oscilloscope to evaluate all input waveforms and find the optimum conditions for displaying the waveform. It searches each of the channels for input waveforms and shuts off channels where no waveform is found. It adjusts the vertical gain and offset for each channel that has a waveform and sets the time base on the lowest numbered input channel that has a waveform.
PAGE 649
Root Level Commands 25 :AUToscale:CHANnels Command :AUToscale:CHANNels {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUToscale:CHANnels command selects whether to apply autoscale to all of the input channels or just the input channels that are currently displayed. Example This example automatically scales only the displayed channels. myScope.
PAGE 650
25 Root Level Commands :AUToscale:PLACement Command :AUToscale:PLACement {STACk | SEParate | OVERlay} The :AUToscale:PLACement command controls how the waveforms are displayed on the oscilloscope when the autoscale command is used. If Stack is chosen then each waveform's amplitude is decreased and then the waveforms are offset so each takes up a different vertical portion of the screen.
PAGE 651
Root Level Commands 25 :AUToscale:VERTical Command :AUToscale:VERTical {CHANnel} The :AUToscale:VERTical command autoscales the vertical position and scaling for the corresponding channel without changing anything else (for example, trigger or timebase settings). Example This example automatically autoscales the vertical position and scale for the waveform on Channel 1. myScope.WriteString ":AUTOSCALE:VERTical CHAN1" NOTE If you are using software 2.
PAGE 652
25 Root Level Commands :BEEP Command :BEEP , The :BEEP command makes the oscilloscope beep at a defined frequency and duration. Example A real number representing frequency of beep in Hertz. A real number representing duration of beep in milliseconds. This example will create a beep at 1000 Hz for 500 ms. myScope.
PAGE 653
25 Root Level Commands :BLANk Command :BLANk {CHANnel | FUNCtion | HISTogram | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalize | ALL} The :BLANk command turns off an active channel, function, histogram, waveform memory, measurement trend, measurement spectrum, or Feed- Forward Equalized waveform. The :VIEW command turns them on. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example turns off channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 654
25 Root Level Commands :CDISplay Command :CDISplay The :CDISplay command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data in active channels and functions is erased; however, new data is displayed on the next acquisition. Waveform memories are not erased. Example This example clears the oscilloscope display. myScope.
PAGE 655
Root Level Commands 25 :DIGitize Command :DIGitize [CHANnel][,...] An integer, 1 - 4. The :DIGitize command invokes a special mode of data acquisition that is more efficient than using the :RUN command. This command initializes the selected channels, then acquires them according to the current oscilloscope settings. When all waveforms are completely acquired, the oscilloscope is stopped. The waveform completion criteria is set with the ":ACQuire:COMPlete" command.
PAGE 656
25 Root Level Commands :MODel? Query :MODel? The :MODel? query returns the model number for the oscilloscope. Returned Format A six- character alphanumeric model number in quotation marks. Output is determined by header and longform status as in Table 24.
PAGE 657
Root Level Commands 25 :MTEE (Mask Test Enable Register) Command :MTEE The :MTEE command is used to set bits in the Mask Test Enable Register. This register enables the following bits of the Mask Test Event Register: Bit 0 - Mask Test Complete Bit 1 - Mask Test Fail Bit 2 - Mask Low Amplitude Bit 3 - Mask High Amplitude Bit 4 - Mask Align Complete Bit 5 - Mask Align Fail Bit 6- 7 are not used and are set to zero (0).
PAGE 658
25 Root Level Commands :MTER? (Mask Test Event Register) Query :MTER? The :MTER? query returns the value stored in the Mask Test Event Register. The bits stored in the register have the following meanings: Bit 0 Mask Test Complete bit is set whenever the mask test is complete. Bit 1 Mask Test Fail bit is set whenever the mask test failed. Bit 2 Mask Low Amplitude bit is set whenever the signal is below the mask amplitude.
PAGE 659
Root Level Commands 25 :OPEE (Operation Status Enable) Command :OPEE The decimal weight of the enabled bits. The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Each bit that is set to a "1" enables that bit to set bit 7 in the status byte register, and potentially causes an SRQ to be generated. Bit 5, Wait for Trig is used. Other bits are reserved. Query :OPEE? The query returns the current value contained in the Operation Status Enable register as a decimal number.
PAGE 660
25 Root Level Commands :OPER? (Operation Status Register) Query :OPER? The :OPER? query returns the value contained in the Operation Status Register as a decimal number. This register contains the WAIT TRIG bit (bit 5) and the OVLR bit (bit 11). The WAIT TRIG bit is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed. The OVLR bit is set by the Overload Event Register.
PAGE 661
25 Root Level Commands :OVLRegister? Query :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister? query returns the value stored in the Overload Event Register. The integer value returned by this query represents the channels as follows: Bit 0 - Channel 1 Bit 1 - Channel 2 Bit 2 - Channel 3 Bit 3 - Channel 4 Bits 7- 4 are not used and are set to zero (0).
PAGE 662
25 Root Level Commands :PDER? (Processing Done Event Register) Query :PDER? The :PDER? query reads the Processing Done Event Register and returns 1 or 0. After the Processing Done Event Register is read, the register is cleared. The returned value 1 indicates indicates that all math and measurements are complete and 0 indicates they are not complete. :PDER? is non- blocking. :PDER? can be used in place of :ADER?.
PAGE 663
Root Level Commands 25 :PRINt Command :PRINt The :PRINt command outputs a copy of the screen to a printer or other device destination specified in the HARDcopy subsystem. You can specify the selection of the output and the printer using the HARDcopy subsystem commands. Example This example outputs a copy of the screen to a printer or a disk file. myScope.
PAGE 664
25 Root Level Commands :RECall:SETup Command Examples :RECall:SETup Setup memory number, an integer, 0 through 9. The :RECall:SETup command recalls a setup that was saved in one of the oscilloscope's setup memories. You can save setups using either the :STORe:SETup command or the front panel. This command recalls a setup from setup memory 2. myScope.
PAGE 665
Root Level Commands 25 :RUN Command :RUN The :RUN command starts the oscilloscope running. When the oscilloscope is running, it acquires waveform data according to its current settings. Acquisition runs repetitively until the oscilloscope receives a :STOP command, or until there is only one acquisition if Trigger Sweep is set to Single. However, the :TRIGger:SWEep SINGle should not be used in new programs. The :SINGle command should be used instead to acquire a single acquisition.
PAGE 666
25 Root Level Commands :SERial (Serial Number) Command :SERial {} The :SERial command sets the serial number of the oscilloscope. A serial number was entered in your oscilloscope by Agilent Technologies before it was shipped to you. Therefore, setting the serial number is not normally required unless the oscilloscope is serialized for a different application. The oscilloscope's serial number is part of the string returned for the *IDN? query described in the Common Commands chapter.
PAGE 667
Root Level Commands 25 :SINGle Command :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the oscilloscope to make a single acquisition when the next trigger event occurs. However, this command does not set the :TRIGger:SWEep to SINGle. Example This example sets up the oscilloscope to make a single acquisition when the next trigger event occurs. myScope.WriteString ":SINGLE" See Also :TRIGger:SWEep AUTO|TRIGgered|SINGle for how to turn the single sweep off.
PAGE 668
25 Root Level Commands :STATus? Query :STATus? {CHANnel | FUNCtion | HISTogram | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} The :STATus? query shows whether the specified channel, function, wmemory, histogram, measurement trend, measurement spectrum, or equalized waveform is on or off. A return value of 1 means on and a return value of 0 means off. MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 669
Root Level Commands 25 :STOP Command :STOP The :STOP command causes the oscilloscope to stop acquiring data. To restart the acquisition, use the :RUN or :SINGle command. Example This example stops the current data acquisition. myScope.
PAGE 670
25 Root Level Commands :STORe:JITTer Command :STORe:JITTer The :STORe:JITTer command saves all of the RJ/DJ jitter measurement data to the specified file name. The file that is created has a header section followed by the RJ/DJ measurement results section. After the RJ/DJ measurement results section is the data for each of the measurements. Each data section has a header showing what the measurement data is that follows.
PAGE 671
Root Level Commands 25 :STORe:SETup Command Example :STORe:SETup Setup memory number, an integer, 0 through 9. The :STORe:SETup command saves the current oscilloscope setup in one of the setup memories. This example stores the current oscilloscope setup to setup memory 0. myScope.
PAGE 672
25 Root Level Commands :STORe:WAVeform Command :STORe:WAVeform {{CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | MTRend | MSPectrum},{WMEMory}} MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled. An integer, 1 - 4. The :STORe:WAVeform command copies a channel, function, stored waveform, measurement trend, or measurement spectrum to a waveform memory.
PAGE 673
Root Level Commands 25 :TER? (Trigger Event Register) Query :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. A "1" is returned if a trigger has occurred. A "0" is returned if a trigger has not occurred. The autotrigger does not set this register. The register is set to a value of 1 only when the waveform meets the trigger criteria.
PAGE 674
25 Root Level Commands :VIEW Command :VIEW {CHANnel | FUNCtion | HISTogram | WMEMory | MSTrend | MSPectrum} The :VIEW command turns on a channel, function, histogram, or waveform memory. MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled. Example An integer, 1 - 4. This example turns on channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 675
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 26 Serial Bus Commands General :SBUS Commands 676 :SBUS:IIC Commands 679 :SBUS:SPI Commands 683 The :SBUS subsystem commands control the serial decode bus viewing, mode, and other options. NOTE These commands are only valid when the corresponding serial decode option has been licensed.
PAGE 676
26 Serial Bus Commands General :SBUS Commands • ":SBUS[:DISPlay]" on page 677 • ":SBUS:MODE" on page 678 676 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 677
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS[:DISPlay] Command :SBUS[:DISPlay] ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS[:DISPlay] command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. NOTE Query This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. :SBUS[:DISPlay]? The :SBUS[:DISPlay]? query returns the current display setting of the serial decode bus.
PAGE 678
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:MODE Command :SBUS:MODE ::= {IIC | SPI} The :SBUS:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus. NOTE Query This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. :SBUS:MODE? The :SBUS:MODE? query returns the current serial bus decode mode setting.
PAGE 679
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:IIC Commands • ":SBUS:IIC:ASIZe" on page 680 • ":SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 681 • ":SBUS:IIC:SOURce:DATA" on page 682 NOTE These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option has been licensed.
PAGE 680
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe Command :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.
PAGE 681
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk Command :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL). CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. Example This example selects channel 2 as the source for IIC serial clock. myScope.
PAGE 682
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:DATA Command :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:DATA ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA). CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. Example This example selects channel 1 as the source for IIC serial data. myScope.
PAGE 683
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI Commands • ":SBUS:SPI:BITorder" on page 684 • ":SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe" on page 685 • ":SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout" on page 686 • ":SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe" on page 687 • ":SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk" on page 688 • ":SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA" on page 689 • ":SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe" on page 690 • ":SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO" on page 691 • ":SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI" on page 692 • ":SBUS:SPI:TYPE" on page 693 • ":SBUS:SPI:WIDTh" on page 694 NOTE These commands are
PAGE 684
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:BITorder Command :SBUS:SPI:BITorder ::= {LSB | MSB} The :SBUS:SPI:BITorder command selects the bit order, most significant bit first (MSB) or least significant bit first (LSB), used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :SBUS:SPI:BITorder? The :SBUS:SPI:BITorder? query returns the current SPI decode bit order.
PAGE 685
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe Command :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe ::= {POSitive | RISing | NEGative | FALLing} The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies the rising edge (POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the SPI clock source that will clock in the data. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current SPI clock source slope.
PAGE 686
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout Command :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout ::= time in seconds in NR3 format The :SBUS:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command sets the SPI signal clock timeout resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the :SBUS:SPI:FRAMing command is set to TIMeout. The timer is used to frame a signal by a clock timeout. Query An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 687
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe Command :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe command sets the SPI trigger frame state. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe? The :SBUS:SPI:FRAMe:STATe? query returns the current SPI frame state.
PAGE 688
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk Command :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI serial clock. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. Query :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk? query returns the current source for the SPI serial clock.
PAGE 689
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA Command :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data. This command is the same as the :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory.
PAGE 690
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe Command :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe command sets the frame source. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. Query :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe? query returns the current frame source for the SPI serial frame.
PAGE 691
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO Command :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO command sets the source for the SPI serial MISO data. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory. Query :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO? The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MISO? query returns the current source for the SPI serial MISO data.
PAGE 692
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI Command :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI ::= {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data. You can also use the equivalent :SBUS:SPI:SOURce:DATA command to set the MOSI data source. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are an integer, 1 - 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory.
PAGE 693
Serial Bus Commands 26 :SBUS:SPI:TYPE Command :SBUS:SPI:TYPE ::= {WIRE2 | WIRE3 | WIRE4} The :SBUS:SPI:TYPE command specifies whether the type of SPI to decode. Example An integer, 1 - 4. To set the 3- wire SPI decode type: myScope.WriteString ":SBUS1:SPI:TYPE WIRE3" Query :SBUS:SPI:TYPE? The :SBUS:SPI:TYPE? query returns the decode type setting.
PAGE 694
26 Serial Bus Commands :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh Command :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format The :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a word of data for SPI. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh? The :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh? query returns the current SPI decode word width.
PAGE 695
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 27 Self-Test Commands :SELFtest:CANCel 696 :SELFtest:SCOPETEST 697 The SELFtest subsystem commands set up the self- test dialog and run the Infiniium- Series Oscilloscopes Self- Tests. NOTE Enclose File Name in Quotation Marks When specifying a file name, you must enclose it in quotation marks.
PAGE 696
27 Self-Test Commands :SELFtest:CANCel Command :SELFtest:CANCel The :SELFtest:CANCel command stops the currently running selftest. Example This example stops the currently running selftest. myScope.
PAGE 697
Self-Test Commands 27 :SELFtest:SCOPETEST Command :SELFtest:SCOPETEST The :SELFtest:SCOPETEST command brings up the self- test dialog in customer self- test mode (Service Extensions Off) and runs the test, "Scope Self Tests." Use the :SELFtest:SCOPETEST? query to determine the status of the test. Example This example brings up the self- test dialog and runs the oscilloscope self- tests. myScope.
PAGE 698
27 Self-Test Commands 698 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 699
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DISPlay 701 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:SOURce 702 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain 703 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles 704 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1 705 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2 706 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3 707 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:RATe 708 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical 709 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:OFFSet 710 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:R
PAGE 700
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BANDwidth 735 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode 736 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay 737 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDMode 738 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical 739 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:OFFSet 740 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:RANGe 741 The N5461A Serial Data Equalization application is used to re- open partially or completely closed real- time eye diagrams.
PAGE 701
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DISPlay Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DISPlay {(OFF | 0) | (ON | 1)} The :CTLequalizer:DISPlay command turns the display of a Continuous Time Linear Equalizer (CTLE) real- time eye diagram on or off. Turning CTLE on automatically turns FFE off (and vice versa). Example This example turns on the display of a CTLE real- time eye diagram. myScope.
PAGE 702
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:SOURce Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :CTLequalizer:SOURce command sets the source for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. CHANnel is an integer, 1- 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1- 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory Example This example sets the CTLE source to Channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 703
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain The :CTLequalizer:DCGain command sets the DC Gain parameter for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE DC Gain parameter to 1. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain 1" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain? query returns the CTLE's DC Gain p arameter.
PAGE 704
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles {POLE2 | POLE3} The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles command selects either a 2 Pole or 3 Pole Continuous Time Linear Equalizer (CTLE). Example This example selects a 2 Pole CTLE. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles POLE2" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles? query returns the current "number of poles" selection.
PAGE 705
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1 Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1 The :CTLequalizer:P1 command sets the Pole 1 frequency for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE Pole 1 frequency to 1GHz. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1 1e9" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1? query returns the CTLE's Pole 1 freque ncy.
PAGE 706
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2 Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2 The :CTLequalizer:P1 command sets the Pole 2 frequency for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE Pole 2 frequency to 4 GHz. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2 4e9" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P2? query returns the CTLE's Pole 2 freque ncy.
PAGE 707
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3 Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3 The :CTLequalizer:P1 command sets the Pole 3 frequency for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE Pole 3 frequency to 4 GHz. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3 4e9" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P3? query returns the CTLE's Pole 3 freque ncy.
PAGE 708
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:RATe Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:RATe The :CTLequalizer:RATe command sets the data rate for the CTLE equalizer. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE data rate to 3e9. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:RATe 3e9" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:RATe? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:Rate? query returns the CTLE's data rate.
PAGE 709
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTIcal command sets the CTLE signal's vertical scale mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the vertical scaling and offset. In manual mode, you can set your own scaling and offset values. Example This example sets the CTLE signal's vertical scale mode to automatic. myScope.
PAGE 710
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:OFFSet Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:OFFSet The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTial:OFFSet command sets the CTLE signal's vertical offset. A real number for the CTLE signal's vertical offset. Example This example sets the CTLE signal's vertical offset to 1 volt. myScope.
PAGE 711
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:RANGe Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTical:RANGe The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:VERTial:RANGe command sets the CTLE signal's vertical range. A real number for the full- scale CTLE signal's vertical range. Example This example sets the CTLE signal's vertical range to 16 volts (2 volts times 8 divisions.) myScope.
PAGE 712
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo Command :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo The :CTLequalizer:ZERo command sets the zero frequency for the Continuous Time Linear Equalization. Example A real number This example sets the CTLE zero frequency to 900 MHz. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo 9e6" Query :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo? The :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:ZERo? query returns the CTLE's zero freque ncy.
PAGE 713
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe {(OFF | 0) | (ON | 1)} The :DFEQualizer:STATe command turns the Decision Feedback Equalizion on or off. Example This example turns on DFE. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe ON" Query :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe? The :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:STATe? query returns whether or not DFE is turned on.
PAGE 714
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:SOURce Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory | EQUalized} The :DFEQualizer:SOURce command sets the source for the Decision Feedback Equalization. Setting the source to EQUalized means the Feed- Forward Equalized (FFE) waveform is used as the DFE source. CHANnel is an integer, 1- 4.
PAGE 715
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:NTAPs Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:NTAPs The :DFEQualizer:NTAPs command sets the number of taps to be used in the DFE algorithm. DFE tap indices always begin with 1 and extend to the number of taps. Example An integer between 2 and 40 This example sets the number of DFE taps to 3. myScope.
PAGE 716
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP , The :DFEQualizer:TAP command sets the tap value for each DFE tap. For example, when is equal to 0 then the 0th tap is set to . DFE tap indices always start at 1 and extend to the number of taps. The tap number; when == 0, Tap 1 is set The tap value Example This example sets the DFE Tap 1 to - 1.432. myScope.
PAGE 717
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh The :DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh command sets the Eye Width field for the DFE tap optimization. Setting the width to 0.0 means the optimization is only preformed at the location of the clock. Setting the width to 1.0 means the entire acquisition is used in the optimization. The default value for DFE is 0.0.
PAGE 718
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:DELay Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:DELay The :DFEQualizer:TAP:DELay command specifies the amount of drift the equalized eye diagram has relative to the unequalized one. This drift is then accounted for so the two eyes overlap. For more information on this parameter, refer to the N5461A Infiniium Seriald Data Equalization User's Guide.
PAGE 719
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MAX Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MAX Some standards have upper and lower limits on the tap values. The :DFEQualizer:TAP:MAX command sets the upper limit on taps determined through optimization. Example A real number This example sets the Upper Limit field to 3.23. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MAX 3.
PAGE 720
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MIN Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MIN Some standards have upper and lower limits on the tap values. The :DFEQualizer:TAP:MIN command sets the lower limit on taps determined through optimization. Example A real number This example sets the Lower Limit field to 3.23. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:MIN 3.
PAGE 721
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:GAIN Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:GAIN The eye diagram drawn after DFE is applied is attenuated. To amplify the eye back to its original size (so you can directly compare the eye at the receiver to the eye at the transmitter), a gain factor needs to be applied. The :DFEQualizer:TAP:GAIN command allows you to set this gain.
PAGE 722
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:UTARget Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:UTARget The Upper Target field dictates the logical high value used in the DFE algorithm. For example, in DFE, when a bit is determined to be a logical high, its value will be equal to Upper Target. The :DFEQualizer:TAP:UTARget command allows you to set this value. Example A real number This example sets the Upper Target to 1.0. myScope.
PAGE 723
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:LTARget Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:LTARget The Lower Target field dictates the logical low value used in the DFE algorithm. For example, in DFE, when a bit is determined to be a logical low, its value will be equal to Lower Target. The :DFEQualizer:TAP:LTARget command allows you to set this value. Example A real number This example sets the Lower Target to 1.0. myScope.
PAGE 724
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic Command :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic The :DFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic command starts the DFE tap optimization. Be sure to first specify the number of taps and the max/min tap values. Example This example starts the DFE tap optimization. myScope.
PAGE 725
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:DISPlay Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:DISPlay {(OFF | 0) | (ON | 1)} The :FFEQualizer:DISPlay command turns the display of a Feed- Forward Equalized (FFE) real- time eye diagram on or off. Example This example turns on the display of a FFE real- time eye diagram. myScope.
PAGE 726
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:SOURce Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | WMEMory} The :FFEQualizer:SOURce command sets the source for the Feed- Forward Equalization. CHANnel is an integer, 1- 4. FUNCtion and WMEMory are: An integer, 1- 4, representing the selected function or waveform memory Example This example sets the FFE source to Channel 1. myScope.
PAGE 727
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NPRecursor Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NPRecursor The :FFEQualizer:NPRecursor command sets the number of precursor taps to be used in the FFE algorithm. Example An integer between 1 and (NTAPs - 1) This example sets the number of FFE precursor taps to 3. myScope.
PAGE 728
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NTAPs Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NTAPs The :FFEQualizer:NTAPs command sets the number of taps to be used in the FFE algorithm. The indices of your FFE taps depend on the number of precursor taps being used. For example, if you are using zero precursor taps then your FFE tap indices would range from 0 to (NTAPs - 1). If you are using two precursor taps then your FFE tap indices would range from - 2 to (NTAPs - 1 - 2).
PAGE 729
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEequalizer:RATe Command :SPRocessing:FFEequalizer:RATe The :FFEequalizer:RATe command sets the data rate for the FFE equalizer. Example A real number This example sets the FFE data rate to 3e9. myScope.WriteString ":SPRocessing:FFEequalizer:RATe 3e9" Query :SPRocessing:FFEequalizer:RATe? The :SPRocessing:FFEequalizer:Rate? query returns the FFE's data rate.
PAGE 730
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP , The :FFEQualizer:TAP command sets the tap value for each FFE tap. For example, when is equal to 0 then the 0th tap is set to . The indices of your FFE taps depend on the number of precursor taps being used. For example, if you are using zero precursor taps then your FFE tap indices would range from 0 to (NTAPs - 1).
PAGE 731
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:PLENgth Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:PLENgth {CUSTom | PRBS51 | PRBS61 | PRBS71 | PRBS81 | PRBS91 | PRBS101}, In order for the tap optimization to work, the algorithm must know the input pattern. You can train the oscilloscope to a known pattern and then use the optimized taps on your live traffic. The :FFEQualizer:TAP:PLENgth command sets the pattern for the FFE tap optimization algorithm.
PAGE 732
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh The :FFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh command sets the Eye Width field for the FFE tap optimization. Setting the width to 0.0 means the optimization is only preformed at the location of the clock. Setting the width to 1.0 means the entire acquisition is used in the optimization. The default value for FFE is 0.33.
PAGE 733
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:DELay Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:DELay The :FFEQualizer:TAP:DELay command specifies the amount of drift the equalized eye diagram has relative to the unequalized one. This drift is then accounted for so the two eyes overlap. For more information on this parameter, refer to the N5461A Infiniium Serial Data Equalization User's Guide.
PAGE 734
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic The :FFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic command starts the FFE tap optimization. Be sure to first specify the number of taps and specify the Pattern and Eye Width parameters. Example This example starts the FFE tap optimization. myScope.
PAGE 735
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BANDwidth Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BANDwidth The :FFEQualizer:TAP:BANDwidth command is only needed if the FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode command is set to CUSTom and in this case it sets the bandwidth at which the response generated by equalization rolls off. To understand more about this parameter, consult the N5461A Infiniium Serial Data Equalization User's Guide.
PAGE 736
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode {TSBandwidth | TTDelay | CUSTom} The :FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode command sets the bandwidth at which the response generated by equalization is rolled off. To understand more about this parameter, consult the N5461A Infiniium Serial Data Equalization User's Guide. Example This example sets the FFE Bandwidth Mode to TTDELay. myScope.
PAGE 737
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay The :FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay command is only needed if the FFEQualizer:TAP:TDMode is set to CUSTom. To determine what this value should be, use the equation: tap delay = 1/[(data rate)x(# of taps per bit)]. To understand more about this parameter, consult the N5461A Infiniium Serial Data Equalization User's Guide.
PAGE 738
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDMode Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDMode {TBITrate | CUSTom} The :FFEQualizer:TAP:TDMode command sets Tap Delay field to either Track Data Rate or Custom. If you are using one tap per bit, use the TBITrate selection. If you are using multiple taps per bit, use CUSTom and then use the FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay command to set the value.
PAGE 739
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical {AUTO | MANual} The :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTIcal command sets the FFE signal's vertical scale mode to automatic or manual. In automatic mode, the oscilloscope automatically selects the vertical scaling and offset. In manual mode, you can set your own scaling and offset values. Example This example sets the FFEE signal's vertical scale mode to automatic. myScope.
PAGE 740
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:OFFSet Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:OFFSet The :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTial:OFFSet command sets the FFE signal's vertical offset. A real number for the FFE signal's vertical offset. Example This example sets the FFE signal's vertical offset to 1 volt. myScope.
PAGE 741
Serial Data Equalization Commands 28 :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:RANGe Command :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:RANGe The :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTial:RANGe command sets the FFE signal's vertical range. A real number for the full- scale FFE signal's vertical range. Example This example sets the FFE signal's vertical range to 16 volts (2 volts times 8 divisions.) myScope.
PAGE 742
28 Serial Data Equalization Commands 742 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 743
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 29 System Commands :SYSTem:DATE 744 :SYSTem:DEBug 745 :SYSTem:DSP 747 :SYSTem:ERRor? 748 :SYSTem:HEADer 749 :SYSTem:LOCK 750 :SYSTem:LONGform 751 :SYSTem:PRESet 752 :SYSTem:SETup 753 :SYSTem:TIME 755 SYSTem subsystem commands control the way query responses are formatted, send and receive setup strings, and enable reading and writing to the advisory line of the oscilloscope.
PAGE 744
29 System Commands :SYSTem:DATE Command :SYSTem:DATE ,, The :SYSTem:DATE command sets the date in the oscilloscope, and is not affected by the *RST common command. Example Specifies the year in the format | . The values range from 1992 to 2035. Specifies the month in the format <1, 2, . . . 12> | . Specifies the day in the format <1 . . . 31>. This example sets the date to December 1, 2002. myScope.
PAGE 745
System Commands 29 :SYSTem:DEBug Command :SYSTem:DEBug {{ON|1}[,[,"" [,]]] | {OFF|0}} The :SYSTem:DEBug command turns the debug mode on and off. This mode enables the tracing of incoming remote commands. If you select CREate mode, a new file is created, and/or an existing file is overwritten. If you select APPend mode, the information is appended to an existing file. The :SYSTem:DEBug command shows any header and/or parameter errors.
PAGE 746
29 System Commands myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:DEBUG ON,FILE, ""C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data\ pacq8xx.txt"",APPEND" After appending information, the file resembles: Debug information file C:\Document and Settings\All Users\ Shared Documents\Infiniium\Data\pacq8xx.
PAGE 747
29 System Commands :SYSTem:DSP Command :SYSTem:DSP "" The :SYSTem:DSP command writes a quoted string, excluding quotation marks, to the advisory line of the instrument display. If you want to clear a message on the advisory line, send a null (empty) string. Example An alphanumeric character array up to 86 bytes long. This example writes the message, "Test 1" to the advisory line of the oscilloscope. myScope.
PAGE 748
29 System Commands :SYSTem:ERRor? Query :SYSTem:ERRor? [{NUMBer | STRing}] The :SYSTem:ERRor? query outputs the next error number in the error queue over the remote interface. When either NUMBer or no parameter is specified in the query, only the numeric error code is output. When STRing is specified, the error number is output followed by a comma and a quoted string describing the error. Table 29 lists the error numbers and their corresponding error messages.
PAGE 749
System Commands 29 :SYSTem:HEADer Command :SYSTem:HEADer {{ON|1} | {OFF|0}} The :SYSTem:HEADer command specifies whether the instrument will output a header for query responses. When :SYSTem:HEADer is set to ON, the query responses include the command header. Example This example sets up the oscilloscope to output command headers with query responses. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:HEADER ON" Query :SYSTem:HEADer? The :SYSTem:HEADer? query returns the state of the :SYSTem:HEADer command.
PAGE 750
29 System Commands :SYSTem:LOCK Command :SYSTem:LOCK {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :SYSTem:LOCK ON command disables the front panel. The front panel can be re- enabled by sending the :SYSTem:LOCK OFF command or by using the mouse to click on the Minimize button in the upper right- hand corner of the oscilloscope screen. Example This example disables the oscilloscope's front panel. myScope.
PAGE 751
29 System Commands :SYSTem:LONGform Command :SYSTem:LONGform {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :SYSTem:LONGform command specifies the format for query responses. If the LONGform is set to OFF, command headers and alpha arguments are sent from the oscilloscope in the short form (abbreviated spelling). If LONGform is set to ON, the whole word is output. Example This example sets the format for query responses from the oscilloscope to the short form (abbreviated spelling). myScope.
PAGE 752
29 System Commands :SYSTem:PRESet Command :SYSTem:PRESet [ {DEFault|FACtory} ] The :SYSTem:PRESet command performs a Default Setup just like the oscilloscope's Default Setup key. Using this command does not change any of the control settings found in the User Preferences dialog box, display color settings, screen options, probe skew, probe external adapter settings for differential probes, or probe internal attenuation and gain settings for differential probes. The parameters are optional.
PAGE 753
System Commands 29 :SYSTem:SETup Command :SYSTem:SETup The :SYSTem:SETup command sets up the oscilloscope as defined by the data in the binary block of data from the computer. Example A binary block of data, consisting of bytes of setup information. The number of bytes is a dynamic number that is read and allocated by oscilloscope's software. This example reads setup information from a file and restores it to the oscilloscope.
PAGE 754
29 System Commands Put hFile, , varSetup ' Write data. Close hFile ' Close file. Debug.Print "Setup bytes saved: " + CStr(LenB(varSetup)) NOTE :SYSTem:SETup Can Operate Just Like *LRN? When headers and LONGform are on, the :SYSTem:SETup? query operates the same as the *LRN? query in the common commands. Otherwise, *LRN? and :SYSTem:SETup are not interchangeable.
PAGE 755
System Commands 29 :SYSTem:TIME Command :SYSTem:TIME ,, The :SYSTem:TIME command sets the time in the oscilloscope and is not affected by the *RST common command. 0...23 0...59 0...59 Example This example sets the oscilloscope time to 10:30:45 a.m. myScope.WriteString ":SYSTEM:TIME 10,30,45" Query :SYSTem:TIME? The :SYSTem:TIME? query returns the current time in the oscilloscope.
PAGE 756
29 System Commands 756 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 757
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:POSition 758 :TIMebase:RANGe 759 :TIMebase:REFClock 760 :TIMebase:REFerence 761 :TIMebase:SCALe 762 :TIMebase:VIEW 763 :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay 764 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition 765 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe 766 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 767 The TIMebase subsystem commands control the horizontal (X axis) oscilloscope functions.
PAGE 758
30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:POSition Command :TIMebase:POSition The :TIMebase:POSition command sets the time interval between the trigger event and the delay reference point. The delay reference point is set with the :TIMebase:REFerence command. Example A real number for the time in seconds from trigger to the delay reference point. This example sets the delay position to 2 ms. myScope.
PAGE 759
Time Base Commands 30 :TIMebase:RANGe Command :TIMebase:RANGe The :TIMebase:RANGe command sets the full- scale horizontal time in seconds. The range value is ten times the time- per- division value. Example A real number for the horizontal time, in seconds. The timebase range is 50 ps (5 ps/div) to 200 s (20 s/div). This example sets the full- scale horizontal range to 10 ms. myScope.
PAGE 760
30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:REFClock Command :TIMebase:REFClock {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0} | HFRequency} The :TIMebase:REFClock command enables or disables the 10 MHz REF IN BNC input (ON or OFF) or the 100 MHz REF IN SMA input (HFRequency or OFF) located on the rear panel of the oscilloscope. When this feature is enabled, the external reference input is used as a reference clock for the oscilloscope's horizontal scale section instead of the internal reference clock.
PAGE 761
Time Base Commands 30 :TIMebase:REFerence Command :TIMebase:REFerence {LEFT | CENTer | RIGHt} The :TIMebase:REFerence command sets the delay reference to the left, center, or right side of the display. Example This example sets the delay reference to the center of the display. myScope.WriteString ":TIMEBASE:REFERENCE CENTER" Query :TIMebase:REFerence? The :TIMebase:REFerence? query returns the current delay reference position.
PAGE 762
30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:SCALe Command :TIMebase:SCALe The :TIMebase:SCALe command sets the time base scale. This corresponds to the horizontal scale value displayed as time/div on the oscilloscope screen. A real number for the time value, in seconds per division. The timebase scale is 5 ps/div to 20 s/div. Example This example sets the scale to 10 ms/div. myScope.
PAGE 763
Time Base Commands 30 :TIMebase:VIEW Command :TIMebase:VIEW {MAIN | WINDow} The :TIMebase:VIEW command turns the delayed displayed view on and off. This is the same as using the front panel Delayed button. Example This example turns the delayed view on. myScope.WriteString ":TIMEBASE:VIEW WINDOW" Query :TIMebase:VIEW? The :TIMebase:VIEW? query returns Infiniium's current view.
PAGE 764
30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay Command :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay The :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay sets the horizontal position in the delayed view of the main sweep. The range for this command is determined by the main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal position. The value for this command must keep the time base window within the main sweep range.
PAGE 765
Time Base Commands 30 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition Command :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition The :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition sets the horizontal position in the delayed view of the main sweep. The range for this command is determined by the main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal position. The value for this command must keep the time base window within the main sweep range. Example A real number for the time in seconds from the trigger event to the delay reference point.
PAGE 766
30 Time Base Commands :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe Command :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe The :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe command sets the full- scale range of the delayed view. The range value is ten times the time per division of the delayed view. The maximum range of the delayed view is the current main range. The minimum delayed view range is 10 ps (1 ps/div). Example A real number for the full- scale range of the time base window, in seconds.
PAGE 767
Time Base Commands 30 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe Command :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe The :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe command sets the time/div in the delayed view. This command rescales the horizontal components of displayed waveforms. A real number for the delayed windows scale. Example This example sets the scale of the time base window to 2 milliseconds/div. myScope.
PAGE 768
30 Time Base Commands 768 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 769
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 31 Trigger Commands General Trigger Commands 771 Comm Trigger Commands 783 Delay Trigger Commands 789 Edge Trigger Commands 799 Glitch Trigger Commands 802 Pattern Trigger Commands 806 Pulse Width Trigger Commands 809 Runt Trigger Commands 815 Sequence Trigger Commands 820 Setup and Hold Trigger Commands 829 State Trigger Commands 836 Timeout Trigger Commands 841 Transition Trigger Commands 845 TV Trigger Commands 850 Window Trigger Comman
PAGE 770
31 Trigger Commands Summary of Trigger Modes and Commands Make sure the oscilloscope is in the proper trigger mode for the command you want to send. One method of ensuring that the oscilloscope is in the proper trigger mode is to send the :TRIGger:MODE command in the same program message as the parameter to be set.
PAGE 771
Trigger Commands 31 General Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:AND:ENABle" on page 772 • ":TRIGger:AND:SOURce" on page 773 • ":TRIGger:HOLDoff" on page 774 • ":TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX" on page 775 • ":TRIGger:HTHReshold" on page 776 • ":TRIGger:HYSTeresis" on page 777 • ":TRIGger:LEVel" on page 778 • ":TRIGger:LTHReshold" on page 779 • ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 780 • ":TRIGger:SWEep" on page 782 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 771
PAGE 772
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:AND:ENABle Command :TRIGger:AND[{1 | 2}]:ENABle {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :TRIGger:AND:ENABle command enables the ability to further qualify the trigger using other channels. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the AND qualifier goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:AND:ENABle? The query returns the current state of the AND qualifier.
PAGE 773
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:AND:SOURce Command :TRIGger:AND[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel,{HIGH | LOW | DONTcare} The :TRIGger:AND:SOURce command sets the logic value used to qualify the trigger for the specified channel. The TRIGger:LEVel command determines what voltage level is considered a HIGH or a LOW logic value. If you set more than one channel to a HIGH or a LOW, then the multiple channels are used to qualify the trigger.
PAGE 774
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:HOLDoff Command :TRIGger:HOLDoff The :TRIGger:HOLDoff command specifies the amount of time the oscilloscope should wait after receiving a trigger before enabling the trigger again. Query A real number for the holdoff time, ranging from 80 ns to 10 s. :TRIGger:HOLDoff? The query returns the current holdoff value for the current mode.
PAGE 775
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX Command :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX This command is only used when you set the :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MODe command to RANDom. The RANDom mode varies the trigger holdoff from one acquisition to another by randomizing the time values between triggers. The randomized values can be between the values specified by the :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX and :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MIN commands.
PAGE 776
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:HTHReshold Command :TRIGger:HTHReshold CHANnel, This command specifies the high threshold voltage level for the selected trigger source. Set the high threshold level to a value considered to be a high level for your logic family; your data book gives two values, VIH and VOH. Query An integer, 1 - 4. A real number for the voltage level for the trigger source.
PAGE 777
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:HYSTeresis Command :TRIGger:HYSTeresis {NORMal | HSENsitivity} The :TRIGger:HYSTeresis command specifies the trigger hysteresis (noise reject) as either normal or high sensitivity. NORMal sensitivity adds hysteresis to the trigger circuitry for rejecting noise and should be used for waveforms of 4 GHz or below. HSENsitivity lowers the hysteresis of the trigger circuitry and should be used for waveforms of 4 GHz and above.
PAGE 778
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:LEVel Command :TRIGger:LEVel {{CHANnel | AUX},}} The :TRIGger:LEVel command specifies the trigger level on the specified channel for the trigger source. Only one trigger level is stored in the oscilloscope for each channel. This level applies to the channel throughout the trigger dialog. Query An integer, 1 - 4. A real number for the trigger level on the specified channel or Auxiliary Trigger Input.
PAGE 779
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:LTHReshold Command :TRIGger:LTHReshold CHANnel, This command specifies the low threshold voltage level for the selected trigger source. This command specifies the low threshold voltage level for the selected trigger source. Set the low threshold level to a value considered to be a low level for your logic family; your data book gives two values, VIL and VOL. Query An integer, 1 - 4. A real number for the voltage level for the trigger source.
PAGE 780
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:MODE Command :TRIGger:MODE {COMM | DELay | EDGE | GLITch | PATTern | PWIDth | RUNT | SEQuence | SHOLd | STATe | TIMeout | TRANsition | TV | WINDow | SBUS} The :TRIGger:MODE command selects the trigger mode. Table 25 Trigger Mode Settings 780 Mode Definition COMM COMM mode lets you trigger on a serial pattern of bits in a waveform. DELay Delay by Events mode lets you view pulses in your waveform that occur a number of events after a specified waveform edge.
PAGE 781
31 Trigger Commands Table 25 Trigger Mode Settings (continued) Query Mode Definition TV TV trigger mode lets you trigger the oscilloscope on one of the standard television waveforms. You can also use this mode to trigger on a custom television waveform that you define. WINDow Window trigger lets you set a range of voltages (window) which can be used to determine when your waveform is inside or out side of the window. :TRIGger:MODE? The query returns the currently selected trigger mode.
PAGE 782
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SWEep Command :TRIGger:SWEep {AUTO | TRIGgered | SINGle} The :TRIGger:SWEep command selects the oscilloscope sweep mode. New programs should use :RUN and :SINGle for run control and this command for AUTO and TRIGgered for sweep control. The SINGle sweep control should not be used.
PAGE 783
Trigger Commands 31 Comm Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:COMM:BWIDth" on page 784 • ":TRIGger:COMM:ENCode" on page 785 • ":TRIGger:COMM:PATTern" on page 786 • ":TRIGger:COMM:POLarity" on page 787 • ":TRIGger:COMM:SOURce" on page 788 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 783
PAGE 784
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:COMM:BWIDth Command :TRIGger:COMM:BWIDth The :TRIGger:COMM:BWIDth command is used to set the width of a bit for your waveform. The bit width is usually defined in the mask standard for your waveform. Query A real number that represents the width of a bit. :TRIGger:COMM:BWIDth? The query returns the current bit width.
PAGE 785
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:COMM:ENCode Command :TRIGger:COMM:ENCode {RZ | NRZ} This :TRIGger:COMM:ENCode command sets the type of waveform encoding for your waveform. You should use NRZ for CMI type waveforms and RZ for all other type of waveforms.
PAGE 786
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:COMM:PATTern Command :TRIGger:COMM:PATTern [,
PAGE 787
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:COMM:POLarity Command :TRIGger:COMM:POLarity {POSitive | NEGative} The :TRIGger:COMM:POLarity command directly controls the trigger slope used for communication trigger. When set to a positive value, the rising edge of a pulse or waveform is used to trigger the oscilloscope. When set to a negative value, the falling edge of a pulse or waveform is used. The polarity setting is also used to check for valid patterns.
PAGE 788
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:COMM:SOURce Command :TRIGger:COMM:SOURce CHANnel The :TRIGger:COMM:SOURce command selects the channel used for the communication trigger. Query An integer, 1- 4. :TRIGger:COMM:SOURce? The :TRIGger:COMM:SOURce? query returns the currently selected communication trigger source.
PAGE 789
Trigger Commands 31 Delay Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SOURce" on page 790 • ":TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SLOPe" on page 791 • ":TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:COUNt" on page 792 • ":TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SOURce" on page 793 • ":TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SLOPe" on page 794 • ":TRIGger:DELay:MODE" on page 795 • ":TRIGger:DELay:TDELay:TIME" on page 796 • ":TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce" on page 797 • ":TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe" on page 798 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 789
PAGE 790
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SOURce Command :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SOURce CHANnel This command sets the Arm On source for arming the trigger circuitry when the oscilloscope is in the Delay trigger mode. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SOURce? The query returns the currently defined Arm On source for the Delay trigger mode.
PAGE 791
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SLOPe Command :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SLOPe {NEGative | POSitive} This command sets a positive or negative slope for arming the trigger circuitry when the oscilloscope is in the Delay trigger mode. Query :TRIGger:DELay:ARM:SLOPe? The query returns the currently defined slope for the Delay trigger mode.
PAGE 792
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:COUNt Command :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:COUNt This command sets the event count for a Delay By Event trigger event. Query An integer from 0 to 16,000,000 specifying the number of edges to delay. :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:COUNt? The query returns the currently defined number of events to delay before triggering on the next Trigger On condition in the Delay By Event trigger mode.
PAGE 793
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SOURce Command :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SOURce CHANnel This command sets the Event source for a Delay By Event trigger event. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SOURce? The query returns the currently defined Event source in the Delay By Event trigger mode.
PAGE 794
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SLOPe Command :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SLOPe {NEGative | POSitive} This command sets the trigger slope for the Delay By Event trigger event. Query :TRIGger:DELay:EDELay:SLOPe? The query returns the currently defined slope for an event in the Delay By Event trigger mode.
PAGE 795
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:DELay:MODE Command :TRIGger:DELay:MODE {EDELay | TDELay} The :TRIGger:DELay:MODE command selects the type of delay trigger mode to either events or to time. Query :TRIGger:DELay:MODE? The query returns the currently selected delay trigger mode.
PAGE 796
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:DELay:TDELay:TIME Command :TRIGger:DELay:TDELay:TIME This command sets the delay for a Delay By Time trigger event. Query Time, in seconds, set for the delay trigger, from 10 ns to 10 s. :TRIGger:DELay:TDELay:TIME? The query returns the currently defined time delay before triggering on the next Trigger On condition in the Delay By Time trigger mode.
PAGE 797
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce Command :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce CHANnel This command sets the Trigger On source for a Delay trigger event. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SOURce? The query returns the currently defined Trigger On source in the Delay trigger mode.
PAGE 798
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe Command :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe {NEGative | POSitive} This command sets the trigger slope for the Delay trigger event. Query :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGger:SLOPe? The query returns the currently defined slope for an event in the Delay trigger mode.
PAGE 799
Trigger Commands 31 Edge Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe" on page 800 • ":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce" on page 801 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 799
PAGE 800
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe Command :TRIGger:EDGE[{1 | 2}]:SLOPe {POSitive | NEGative | EITHer} The :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe command sets the slope of the trigger source previously selected by the :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce command. The LINE source has no slope. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 801
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce Command :TRIGger:EDGE[{1 | 2}]:SOURce {CHANnel | AUX | LINE} The :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce command selects the source for edge mode triggering. This is the source that will be used for subsequent :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe commands or queries. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 802
31 Trigger Commands Glitch Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity" on page 803 • ":TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce" on page 804 • ":TRIGger:GLITch:WIDTh" on page 805 802 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 803
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity Command :TRIGger:GLITch[{1 | 2}]:POLarity {POSitive | NEGative} This command defines the polarity of the glitch as positive or negative. The trigger source must be set using the :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce command. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity? The query returns the currently selected glitch polarity.
PAGE 804
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce Command :TRIGger:GLITch[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel This command sets the source for the glitch trigger mode. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce? The query returns the currently selected source for the glitch trigger mode.
PAGE 805
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:GLITch:WIDTh Command :TRIGger:GLITch[{1 | 2}]:WIDTh This command sets the glitch width. The oscilloscope will trigger on a pulse that has a width less than the specified width The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query A real number for the glitch width, ranging from 250 ps to 10 s.
PAGE 806
31 Trigger Commands Pattern Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:PATTern:CONDition" on page 807 • ":TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic" on page 808 806 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 807
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:PATTern:CONDition Command :TRIGger:PATTern[{1 | 2}]:CONDition {ENTered | EXITed | {GT,[,PEXits|TIMeout]} | {LT,} | {RANGe,,}} This command describes the condition applied to the trigger pattern to actually generate a trigger. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 808
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic Command :TRIGger:PATTern[{1 | 2}]:LOGic CHANnel},{HIGH | LOW | DONTcare | RISing | FALLing} This command defines the logic criteria for a selected channel. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic? CHANnel} The query returns the current logic criteria for a selected channel.
PAGE 809
Trigger Commands 31 Pulse Width Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:PWIDth:DIRection" on page 810 • ":TRIGger:PWIDth:POLarity" on page 811 • ":TRIGger:PWIDth:SOURce" on page 812 • ":TRIGger:PWIDth:TPOint" on page 813 • ":TRIGger:PWIDth:WIDTh" on page 814 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 809
PAGE 810
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:PWIDth:DIRection Command :TRIGger:PWIDth[{1 | 2}]:DIRection {GTHan | LTHan} This command specifies whether a pulse must be wider or narrower than the width value to trigger the oscilloscope. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:PWIDth:DIRection? The query returns the currently defined direction for the pulse width trigger.
PAGE 811
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:PWIDth:POLarity Command :TRIGger:PWIDth[{1 | 2}]:POLarity {NEGative | POSitive} This command specifies the pulse polarity that the oscilloscope uses to determine a pulse width violation. For a negative polarity pulse, the oscilloscope triggers when the rising edge of a pulse crosses the trigger level. For a positive polarity pulse, the oscilloscope triggers when the falling edge of a pulse crosses the trigger level.
PAGE 812
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:PWIDth:SOURce Command :TRIGger:PWIDth[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel This command specifies the channel source used to trigger the oscilloscope with the pulse width trigger. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. A real number for the voltage through which the pulse must pass before the oscilloscope will trigger.
PAGE 813
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:PWIDth:TPOint Command :TRIGger:PWIDth[{1 | 2}]:TPOint {EPULse | TIMeout} This command specifies whether the pulse width trigger should occur at the end of the pulse or at a specified timeout period. This command is only available if the pulse direction is set to GTHan. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 814
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:PWIDth:WIDTh Command :TRIGger:PWIDth[{1 | 2}]:WIDTh This command specifies how wide a pulse must be to trigger the oscilloscope. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query Pulse width, which can range from 250 ps to 10 s. :TRIGger:PWIDth:WIDTh? The query returns the currently defined width for the pulse.
PAGE 815
Trigger Commands 31 Runt Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity" on page 816 • ":TRIGger:RUNT:QUALified" on page 817 • ":TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce" on page 818 • ":TRIGger:RUNT:TIME" on page 819 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 815
PAGE 816
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity Command :TRIGger:RUNT[{1 | 2}]:POLarity {POSitive | NEGative} This command defines the polarity of the runt pulse as positive or negative. The trigger source must be set using the :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce command. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity? The query returns the currently selected runt pulse polarity.
PAGE 817
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALified Command :TRIGger:RUNT[{1 | 2}]:QUALified {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} This command enables the time qualified runt pulse feature the polarity of the runt pulse as positive or negative. The trigger source must be set using the :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce command. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 818
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce Command :TRIGger:RUNT[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel This command sets the source for the runt trigger mode. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce? The query returns the currently selected source for the runt trigger mode.
PAGE 819
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:RUNT:TIME Command :TRIGger:RUNT[{1 | 2}]:TIME This command sets the time qualifier. The oscilloscope will trigger on a runt pulse that has a width greater than the specified time. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query A real number for the time greater than qualifier, ranging from 250 ps to 30 ns.
PAGE 820
31 Trigger Commands Sequence Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM1" on page 821 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM2" on page 822 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:ENABle" on page 823 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TYPE" on page 824 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:EVENt" on page 825 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TIME" on page 826 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:ENABle" on page 827 • ":TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:TIME" on page 828 820 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 821
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM1 Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM1 { EDGE1 | GLITch1 | PWIDth1 | RUNT1 | SHOLD1 | STATe1 | TIMeout1 | TRANsition1 | WINDow1 } This command specifies the trigger mode for the TERM1 state in the sequential trigger (the Find (A) state in the Trigger Setup dialog box on the oscilloscope). There are five limitations associated with sequential triggering: 1 The Edge followed by Edge and Video trigger modes cannot be used in sequential triggering.
PAGE 822
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM2 Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:TERM2 { EDGE2 | GLITch2 | PWIDth2 | RUNT2 | SHOLD2 | STATe2 | TIMeout2 | TRANsition2 | WINDow2 } This command specifies the trigger mode for the TERM2 state in the sequential trigger (the Trigger (B) state in the Trigger Setup dialog box on the oscilloscope). There are five limitations associated with sequential triggering: 1 The Edge followed by Edge and Video trigger modes cannot be used in sequential triggering.
PAGE 823
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:ENABle Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:ENABle {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} This command turns the Reset feature on or off for the sequential trigger. The Reset feature allows you to specify a length of time such that if this time is exceeded between when the TERM1 event occurs and when the TERM2 event occurs, the sequential trigger is reset and the oscilloscope returns to looking for the TERM1 event without triggering.
PAGE 824
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TYPE Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TYPE { TIME | EVENt } This command specifies whether the Reset condition is based upon a length of time or a logical pattern. The Reset feature allows you to specify a length of time such that if this time is exceeded between when the TERM1 event occurs and when the TERM2 event occurs, the sequential trigger is reset and the oscilloscope returns to looking for the TERM1 event without triggering.
PAGE 825
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:EVENt Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:EVENt {CHANnel}, { HIGH | LOW | DONTcare } This command defines the logical pattern used for an event Reset condition. You can specify for each channel (1- 4) whether you want the value to be high (1), low (0), or you don't care (X). An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 826
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TIME Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TIME This command defines the length of time to use for the time- based Reset condition. Query A length of time in seconds. :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TIME? The query returns the length of time used for the Reset condition.
PAGE 827
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:ENABle Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:ENABle { {ON|1} | {OFF|0}} This command turns the Delay feature on or off for the sequential trigger. The Delay feature allows you to define a length of time for the sequential trigger system to wait after the TERM1 event occurs before it starts searching for the TERM2 event. Query :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:ENABle? The query returns whether or not the Delay feature is turned on.
PAGE 828
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:TIME Command :TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:TIME This command defines the length of time to use for the Delay condition. Query A length of time in seconds. :TRIGger:SEQuence:WAIT:TIME? The query returns the length of time used for the Delay condition.
PAGE 829
Trigger Commands 31 Setup and Hold Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:CSOurce" on page 830 • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:CSOurce:EDGE" on page 831 • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:DSOurce" on page 832 • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:HoldTIMe (HTIMe)" on page 833 • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:MODE" on page 834 • ":TRIGger:SHOLd:SetupTIMe" on page 835 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 829
PAGE 830
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSOurce Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:CSOurce CHANnel This command specifies the clock source for the clock used for the trigger setup and hold violation. The clock must pass through the voltage level you have set before the trigger circuitry looks for a setup and hold time violation. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 831
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSOurce:EDGE Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:CSOurce:EDGE {RISing | FALLing} This command specifies the clock source trigger edge for the clock used for the trigger setup and hold violation. The clock must pass through the voltage level you have set before the trigger circuitry looks for a setup and hold time violation. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 832
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSOurce Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:DSOurce CHANnel The data source commands specify the data source for the trigger setup and hold violation. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSOurce? The query returns the currently defined data source for the trigger setup and hold violation.
PAGE 833
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SHOLd:HoldTIMe (HTIMe) Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:HoldTIMe This command specifies the amount of hold time used to test for both a setup and hold trigger violation. The hold time is the amount of time that the data must be stable and valid after a clock edge. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query Hold time, in seconds.
PAGE 834
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:SHOLd:MODE Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:MODE {SETup | HOLD | SHOLd} SETup When using the setup time mode, a time window is defined where the right edge is the clock edge and the left edge is the selected time before the clock edge. The waveform must stay outside of the trigger level thresholds during this time window. If the waveform crosses a threshold during this time window, a violation event occurs and the oscilloscope triggers.
PAGE 835
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SetupTIMe Command :TRIGger:SHOLd[{1 | 2}]:SetupTIMe This command specifies the amount of setup time used to test for both a setup and hold trigger violation. The setup time is the amount of time that the data must be stable and valid before a clock edge. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query Setup time, in seconds.
PAGE 836
31 Trigger Commands State Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:STATe:CLOCk" on page 837 • ":TRIGger:STATe:LOGic" on page 838 • ":TRIGger:STATe:LTYPe" on page 839 • ":TRIGger:STATe:SLOPe" on page 840 836 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 837
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:STATe:CLOCk Command :TRIGger:STATe[{1 | 2}]:CLOCk {CHANnel} This command selects the source for the clock waveform in the State Trigger Mode. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:STATe:CLOCk? The query returns the currently selected clock source.
PAGE 838
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:STATe:LOGic Command :TRIGger:STATe[{1 | 2}]:LOGic CHANnel,{LOW | HIGH | DONTcare | RISing | FALLing} This command defines the logic state of the specified source for the state pattern. The command produces a settings conflict on a channel that has been defined as the clock. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 839
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:STATe:LTYPe Command :TRIGger:STATe[{1 | 2}]:LTYPe {AND | NAND} This command defines the state trigger logic type. If the logic type is set to AND, then a trigger is generated on the edge of the clock when the input waveforms match the pattern specified by the :TRIGger:STATe:LOGic command. If the logic type is set to NAND, then a trigger is generated on the edge of the clock when the input waveforms do not match the specified pattern.
PAGE 840
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:STATe:SLOPe Command :TRIGger:STATe[{1 | 2}]:SLOPe {RISing | FALLing | EITHer} This command specifies the edge of the clock that is used to generate a trigger. The waveform source used for the clock is selected by using the :TRIGger:STATe:CLOCk command. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 841
Trigger Commands 31 Timeout Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:TIMeout:CONDition" on page 842 • ":TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce" on page 843 • ":TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME" on page 844 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 841
PAGE 842
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TIMeout:CONDition Command :TRIGger:TIMeout[{1 | 2}]:CONDition {HIGH | LOW | UNCHanged} The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. This command sets the condition used for the timeout trigger. HIGH Trigger when the waveform has been high for a period time longer than the time value which is set by the TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME command.
PAGE 843
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce Command :TRIGger:TIMeout[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel This command specifies the channel source used to trigger the oscilloscope with the timeout trigger. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce? The query returns the currently defined channel source for the timeout trigger.
PAGE 844
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME Command :TRIGger:TIMeout[{1 | 2}]:TIME This command lets you look for transition violations that are greater than or less than the time specified. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query The time for the timeout trigger, in seconds. :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME? The query returns the currently defined time for the trigger trigger.
PAGE 845
Trigger Commands 31 Transition Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:TRANsition:DIRection" on page 846 • ":TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce" on page 847 • ":TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME" on page 848 • ":TRIGger:TRANsition:TYPE" on page 849 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 845
PAGE 846
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TRANsition:DIRection Command :TRIGger:TRANsition[{1 | 2}]:DIRection {GTHan | LTHan} This command lets you look for transition violations that are greater than or less than the time specified by the :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME command. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used.
PAGE 847
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce Command :TRIGger:TRANsition[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel The transition source command lets you find any edge in your waveform that violates a rise time or fall time specification. The oscilloscope finds a transition violation trigger by looking for any pulses in your waveform with rising or falling edges that do not cross two voltage levels in the amount of time you have specified.
PAGE 848
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME Command :TRIGger:TRANsition[{1 | 2}]:TIME This command lets you look for transition violations that are greater than or less than the time specified. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query The time for the trigger violation transition, in seconds.
PAGE 849
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TYPE Command :TRIGger:TRANsition[{1 | 2}]:TYPE {RISetime | FALLtime} This command lets you select either a rise time or fall time transition violation trigger event. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:TRANsition:TYPE? The query returns the currently defined transition type for the trigger transition violation.
PAGE 850
31 Trigger Commands TV Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:TV:LINE" on page 851 • ":TRIGger:TV:MODE" on page 852 • ":TRIGger:TV:POLarity" on page 853 • ":TRIGger:TV:SOURce" on page 854 • ":TRIGger:TV:STANdard" on page 855 • ":TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber" on page 856 • ":TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc" on page 857 • ":TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe" on page 858 • ":TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan" on page 859 • ":TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity" on page 860 850 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 851
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TV:LINE Command :TRIGger:TV:LINE The :TRIGger:TV:LINE command selects the horizontal line that you want to examine. The allowable line number entry depends on the :TRIGger:TV:MODE selected. Once the vertical sync pulse of the selected field is received, the trigger is delayed by the number of lines specified. Query Horizontal line number as shown below.
PAGE 852
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:MODE Command :TRIGger:TV:MODE {AFIelds | ALINes | ALTernate | FIElds1 | FIElds2 | LIN E} The :TRIGger:TV:MODE command determines which portion of the video waveform is used to trigger. Query :TRIGger:TV:MODE? The query returns the current TV trigger mode.
PAGE 853
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TV:POLarity Command :TRIGger:TV:POLarity {NEGative | POSitive} The :TRIGger:TV:POLarity command specifies the vertical sync pulse polarity for the selected field used during TV mode triggering. Query :TRIGger:TV:POLarity? The query returns the currently selected sync pulse polarity.
PAGE 854
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:SOURce Command :TRIGger:TV:SOURce CHANnel The :TRIGger:TV:SOURce command selects the source for the TV mode triggering. This is the source that will be used for subsequent :TRIGger:TV commands and queries. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:TV:SOURce? The query returns the currently selected standard TV trigger mode source.
PAGE 855
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:STANdard Command :TRIGger:TV:STANdard {I1080L60HZ | I1080L50HZ | L525 | L625 | P480L60HZ | P576L50HZ | P720L60HZ | P720L50HZ | P1080L60HZ | P1080L50HZ | P1080L30HZ | P1080L25HZ | P1080L24HZ | UDTV} The TRIGger:TV:STANdard command sets triggering to one of the standard video types. There is also a user defined TV type that can be used to set the triggering to one of the non- standard types of video.
PAGE 856
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber Command :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber The :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber command specifies the number of events (horizontal sync pulses) to delay after arming the trigger before looking for the trigger event. Specify conditions for arming the trigger using: TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan, and TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity. Query An integer for the number of events to delay. Allowable values range from 1 to 16,000,000.
PAGE 857
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc Command :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc {ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} This command enables the horizontal sync mode of triggering. Query :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc? The query returns the current state of the horizontal sync mode of triggering.
PAGE 858
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe Command :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe The :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe command sets the time that a sync pulse must be present to be considered a valid sync pulse. Query A real number that is the time width for the sync pulse. :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe? The query returns the currently defined time for the sync pulse width.
PAGE 859
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan Command :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan The :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan (Present Greater THan) command specifies the minimum pulse width of the waveform used to arm the trigger used during user- defined trigger mode. Query Minimum pulse width (time >), from 5 ns to 9.9999999 s. :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan? The query returns the currently selected minimum pulse width.
PAGE 860
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity Command :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity {NEGative | POSitive} The :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity command specifies the polarity for the sync pulse used to arm the trigger in the user- defined trigger mode. Query :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity? The query returns the currently selected UDTV sync pulse polarity.
PAGE 861
Trigger Commands 31 Window Trigger Commands • ":TRIGger:WINDow:CONDition" on page 862 • ":TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce" on page 863 • ":TRIGger:WINDow:TIME" on page 864 • ":TRIGger:WINDow:TPOint" on page 865 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 861
PAGE 862
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:WINDow:CONDition Command :TRIGger:WINDow[{1 | 2}]:CONDition {ENTer | EXIT | INSide [,{GTHan | LTHan}] | OUTSide [,{GTHan | LTHan}]} This command describes the condition applied to the trigger window to actually generate a trigger. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:WINDow:CONDition? The query returns the currently defined trigger condition.
PAGE 863
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce Command :TRIGger:WINDow[{1 | 2}]:SOURce CHANnel This command specifies the channel source used to trigger the oscilloscope with the window trigger. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query An integer, 1 - 4. :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce? The query returns the currently defined channel source for the window trigger.
PAGE 864
31 Trigger Commands :TRIGger:WINDow:TIME Command :TRIGger:WINDow[{1 | 2}]:TIME This command lets you look for transition violations that are greater than or less than the time specified. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query The time for the trigger violation transition, in seconds. :TRIGger:WINDow:TIME? The query returns the currently defined time for the trigger window timeout.
PAGE 865
Trigger Commands 31 :TRIGger:WINDow:TPOint Command :TRIGger:WINDow[{1 | 2}]:TPOint {BOUNdary | TIMeout} This command specifies whether the window trigger should occur at the boundary of the window or at a specified timeout period. The optional [{1 | 2}] parameter sets whether the trigger mode goes with the TERM1 or TERM2 state if sequential triggering is being used. Query :TRIGger:WINDow:TPOint? The query returns the currently defined trigger on point for the pulse width trigger.
PAGE 866
31 Trigger Commands 866 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 867
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:BANDpass? 870 :WAVeform:BYTeorder 871 :WAVeform:COMPlete? 872 :WAVeform:COUNt? 873 :WAVeform:COUPling? 874 :WAVeform:DATA? 875 :WAVeform:FORMat 888 :WAVeform:POINts? 890 :WAVeform:PREamble? 891 :WAVeform:SEGMented:ALL 895 :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? 896 :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? 897 :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? 898 :WAVeform:SOURce 899 :WAVeform:STReaming 900 :WAVeform:TYPE? 901 :WAVeform:VIEW 902 :WAVeform:XDIS
PAGE 868
32 Waveform Commands The WAVeform subsystem is used to transfer waveform data between a computer and the oscilloscope. It contains commands to set up the waveform transfer and to send or receive waveform records to or from the oscilloscope. Data Acquisition When data is acquired using the DIGitize command, the data is placed in the channel or function memory of the specified source. After the DIGitize command executes, the oscilloscope is stopped.
PAGE 869
Waveform Commands 32 The first data point for the time (X- axis units) must be zero, so the time of the first data point is the X origin. Data Format for Data Transfer There are four types of data formats that you can select using the :WAVeform:FORMat command: ASCii, BYTE, WORD, and BINary. Refer to the FORMat command in this chapter for more information on data formats.
PAGE 870
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:BANDpass? Query :WAVeform:BANDpass? The :WAVeform:BANDpass? query returns an estimate of the maximum and minimum bandwidth limits of the source waveform. The bandwidth limits are computed as a function of the coupling and the selected filter mode. The cutoff frequencies are derived from the acquisition path and software filtering. Returned Format [:WAVeform:BANDpass], Minimum frequency passed by the acquisition system.
PAGE 871
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:BYTeorder Command :WAVeform:BYTeorder {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} The :WAVeform:BYTeorder command selects the order in which bytes are transferred to and from the oscilloscope using WORD and LONG formats. If MSBFirst is selected, the most significant byte is transferred first. Otherwise, the least significant byte is transferred first. The default setting is MSBFirst. NOTE The data transfer rate is faster using the LSBFirst byte order.
PAGE 872
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:COMPlete? Query :WAVeform:COMPlete? The :WAVeform:COMPlete? query returns the percent of time buckets that are complete for the currently selected waveform. For the NORMal, RAW, and INTerpolate waveform types, the percent complete is the percent of the number of time buckets that have data in them, compared to the memory depth.
PAGE 873
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:COUNt? Query :WAVeform:COUNt? The :WAVeform:COUNt? query returns the fewest number of hits in all of the time buckets for the currently selected waveform. For the AVERage waveform type, the count value is the fewest number of hits for all time buckets. This value may be less than or equal to the value specified with the :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt command.
PAGE 874
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:COUPling? Query :WAVeform:COUPling? The :WAVeform:COUPling? query returns the input coupling of the currently selected source and always returns DC. This query is provided for compatibility to other Infiniium oscilloscopes. Returned Format Example [:WAVeform:COUPling] DC This example places the current input coupling of the selected waveform in the string variable, strSetting, then prints the contents of the variable. Dim strSetting As String ' Dimension variable.
PAGE 875
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:DATA? Query :WAVeform:DATA? [[,]] The :WAVeform:DATA? query outputs waveform data to the computer over the remote interface. The data is copied from a waveform memory, function, channel, or digital channel previously specified with the :WAVeform:SOURce command. NOTE The data's returned response depends upon the setting of the :WAVeform:STReaming command. See "Streaming Off" on page 875see " or "Streaming On" on page 876 for more detail.
PAGE 876
32 Waveform Commands # N L (N bytes) 0 1 2 ... L-1 End 2nd byte, word, or ASCII character of waveform data 1st byte, word, or ASCII character of waveform data Number of bytes of waveform data to follow Number of bytes in Length block Last byte, word, or ASCII character of waveform data Start of response Termination character Figure 6 Streaming On Streaming Off When streaming is on there is no limit on the number of waveform data points that are returned.
PAGE 877
Waveform Commands 32 The format of the waveform data must match the format previously specified by the :WAVeform:FORMat, :WAVeform:BYTeorder, and :WAVeform:PREamble commands. DATA? Example for Analog Channels The following C example shows how to transfer WORD formatted waveform data for analog channels to a computer. /* readdata. c */ /* * * * * * * */ Reading Word format example. This program demonstrates the order of commands suggested for operation of the Infiniium oscilloscope via LAN.
PAGE 878
32 Waveform Commands if ( !InitIO() ) { exit( 1 ); } AcquireData(); WriteIO( ":WAVeform:FORMat WORD" ); /* Setup transfer format */ WriteIO( ":WAVeform:BYTeorder LSBFirst" ); /* Setup transfer of LSB first */ WriteIO( ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1" ); /* Waveform data source channel 1 */ WriteIO( ":WAVeform:STReaming 1" ); /* Turn on waveform streaming of data */ GetVoltageConversionFactors( &yInc, &yOrg ); GetTimeConversionFactors( &xInc, &xOrg ); BytesToRead = MAX_LENGTH; SetupDataTransfer(); WriteCsvToFile
PAGE 879
32 Waveform Commands * Function name: WriteIO * Parameters: char *buffer which is a pointer to the character * string to be output * Return value: none * Description: This routine outputs strings to the oscilloscope * device session using SICL commands.
PAGE 880
32 Waveform Commands unsigned long ReadWord( char *buffer, int *reason, unsigned long BytesToRead ) { long BytesRead; iread( scope, buffer, BytesToRead, reason, &BytesRead ); return BytesRead; } /******************************************************************** * Function name: ReadDouble * Parameters: double *buffer which is a pointer to the float * value to read * Return value: none * Description: This routine inputs a float value from the * oscilloscope device session using SICL commands.
PAGE 881
Waveform Commands * * * * * * * 32 acquiring new waveform data. It initialize's the oscilloscope's data buffers, acquires new data, and ensures that acquisition criteria are met before the acquisition is stopped. Note that the display is automatically turned off when you use this form of the :DIGitize command and must be turned on to view the captured data on screen.
PAGE 882
32 Waveform Commands ReadByte( &cData, 1L ); } while ( cData != '#' ); /* Find the 0 character */ do { ReadByte( &cData, 1L ); } while ( cData != '0' ); } /******************************************************************* * Function name: GetTimeConversionFactors * Parameters: double xInc which is the time between consecutive * sample points. * double xOrg which is the time value of the first * data point.
PAGE 883
Waveform Commands 32 fp = fopen( "pairs.
PAGE 884
32 Waveform Commands comparator output is a 1 otherwise the output is a 0. Each of the comparators has a different reference dc voltage. The output of the comparators is converted into an 8- bit integer by the encoder. Vref Channel Input + _ + _ . . . . . . Encoder 8 bits + _ + _ -Vref Figure 8 Block Diagram of an ADC All ADCs have non- linearity errors which, if not corrected, can give less accurate vertical measurement results.
PAGE 885
32 Waveform Commands Ideal ADC Conversion Non-ideal ADC Conversion Normalized Analog Input Figure 9 FS = the full scale voltage of the ADC FS 0 FS 7/8FS 6/8FS 5/8FS 4/8FS 000 3/8FS 000 2/8FS 001 1/8FS 001 7/8FS 010 6/8FS 010 011 5/8FS 011 100 4/8FS 100 101 3/8FS 101 110 2/8FS 110 Nonlinearity Errors 1/8FS Output Digital Number 111 0 Output Digital Number 111 Normalized Analog Input ADC Non-linearity Errors for a 3-bit ADC The graph on the left shows an ADC which
PAGE 886
32 Waveform Commands Channel In Analog to Digital Converter ASCII Format D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 Calibration Look-up 16 bits Table D0 Aux Out Calibration Digital to Analog 16 bits Converter Stream of 8 bit Characters WORD Format 16 bits BYTE Format 8 bits CPU Figure 10 Data Flow in Infiniium This process continues until all 256 digital codes are calibrated. The calibration process removes most of the non- linearity error of the ADC which yields more accurate vertical voltage values.
PAGE 887
32 Waveform Commands 16-Bit Integers 8-Bit Integer Decimal Hex 26,240 0x6680 26,200 0x6658 26,160 0x6630 26,120 0x6608 Truncated to >> Hex Decimal 0x66 102 This conversion is what makes the BYTE download format less accurate than the WORD format.
PAGE 888
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:FORMat Command :WAVeform:FORMat {ASCii | BINary | BYTE | WORD} The :WAVeform:FORMat command sets the data transmission mode for waveform data output. This command controls how the data is formatted when it is sent from the oscilloscope, and pertains to all waveforms. The default format is ASCii. Histograms can only be ACSii or BINary. Digital buses and pod- all are not compatible with BYTE.
PAGE 889
Waveform Commands 32 • The value 125 represents a hole value. A hole can occur when you are using the equivalent time sampling mode when during a single acquisition not all of the acquisition memory locations contain sampled waveform data. It can take several acquisitions in the equivalent time sampling mode to fill all of the memory locations. The waveform data values are converted from 16- bit integers to 8- bit integers before being downloaded to the computer.
PAGE 890
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:POINts? Query :WAVeform:POINts? The :WAVeform:POINts? query returns the points value in the current waveform preamble. The points value is the number of time buckets contained in the waveform selected with the :WAVeform:SOURce command. If the Sin(x)/x interpolation filter is enabled, the number of points can be larger than the oscilloscope's memory depth setting because the waveform includes the interpolated points.
PAGE 891
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:PREamble? Query :WAVeform:PREamble? The :WAVeform:PREamble? query outputs a waveform preamble to the computer from the waveform source, which can be a waveform memory or channel buffer. Returned Format [:WAVeform:PREamble] The preamble can be used to translate raw data into time and voltage values. The following lists the elements in the preamble.
PAGE 892
32 Waveform Commands The Y increment is the duration between Y- axis levels. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage corresponding to one level. If the value is zero then no data has been acquired. (See the :WAVeform:YINCrement? query.) The Y origin is the Y- axis value at level zero. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage at level zero. If the value is zero then no data has been acquired. (See the :WAVeform:YORigin? query.
PAGE 893
Waveform Commands 32 0 for UNKNOWN units. 1 for VOLT units. 2 for SECOND units. 3 for CONSTANT units. 4 for AMP units. 5 for DECIBEL units. The band pass consists of two values that are an estimation of the maximum and minimum bandwidth limits of the source waveform. The bandwidth limit is computed as a function of the selected coupling and filter mode. (See the :WAVeform:BANDpass? query.
PAGE 894
32 Waveform Commands Table 27 Waveform Preamble Elements (continued) See Also 894 Element Description Y Origin The Y origin is the Y-axis value at level zero. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage at level zero. (See the :WAVeform:YORigin? query.) Y Reference The Y reference is the level associated with the Y origin. It is at this level that the Y origin is defined. In this oscilloscope, this value is always zero. (See the :WAVeform:YREFerence? query.
PAGE 895
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:SEGMented:ALL Command :WAVeform:SEGMented:ALL {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :WAVeform:SEGmented:ALL command configures the DATA query for rapidly downloading all segments in one query. The and optional parameters for the DATA query are still supported and represent the start and size of the data for each segment. Powering on the oscilloscope or performing a Default Setup sets this command to OFF.
PAGE 896
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? Query :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? The :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt? query returns the index number of the last captured segment. A return value of zero indicates that the :ACQuire:MODE is not set to SEGMented. Returned Format Example An integer number representing the index value of the last segment.
PAGE 897
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? Query :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? The :WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG? query returns the time difference between the first segment's trigger point and the trigger point of the currently displayed segment. Returned Format Example A real number in exponential format representing the time value difference between the first segment's trigger point and the currently displayed segment.
PAGE 898
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? Query :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? {RELXorigin | ABSXorigin | TTAG} The :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? query rapidly downloads x- parameter values for all segments. RELXorigin = relative X origin for each segment.
PAGE 899
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:SOURce Command :WAVeform:SOURce {CHANnel | FUNCtion | HISTogram | WMEMory | CLOCk | MTRend | MSPectrum | EQUalized} The :WAVeform:SOURce command selects a channel, function, waveform memory, or histogram as the waveform source. MTRend and MSPectrum sources are only available if the oscilloscope has the EZJIT option installed and the feature is enabled.
PAGE 900
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:STReaming Command :WAVeform:STReaming {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} When enabled, :WAVeform:STReaming allows more than 999,999,999 bytes of data to be transfered from the Infiniium oscilloscope to a PC when using the :WAVefrom:DATA? query. See the :WAVeform:DATA? query for information on receiving this much data. Example This example turns on the streaming feature. myScope.
PAGE 901
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:TYPE? Query :WAVeform:TYPE? The :WAVeform:TYPE? query returns the current acquisition data type for the currently selected source. The type returned describes how the waveform was acquired. The waveform type may be RAW, INTerpolate, AVERage, HHIStogram, PDETect, or VHISTogram. RAW RAW data consists of one data point in each time bucket with no interpolation.
PAGE 902
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:VIEW Command :WAVeform:VIEW {ALL | MAIN | WINDow} The :WAVeform:VIEW command selects which view of the waveform is selected for data and preamble queries. You can set the command to ALL, MAIN, or WINDow. The view has different meanings depending upon the waveform source selected. The default setting for this command is ALL. Channels For channels, you may select ALL, MAIN, or WINDow views. If you select ALL, all of the data in the waveform record is referenced.
PAGE 903
Waveform Commands Example 32 This example returns the current view setting to the string variable, strSetting, then prints the contents of the variable to the computer's screen. Dim strSetting As String ' Dimension variable. myScope.WriteString ":WAVEFORM:VIEW?" strSetting = myScope.ReadString Debug.
PAGE 904
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:XDISplay? Query :WAVeform:XDISplay? The :WAVeform:XDISplay? query returns the X- axis value at the left edge of the display. For time domain waveforms, it is the time at the start of the display. For VERSus type waveforms, it is the value at the center of the X- axis of the display. This value is treated as a double precision 64- bit floating point number. NOTE Returned Format A "Waveform data is not valid" error occurs when there is no data available for a channel.
PAGE 905
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:XINCrement? Query :WAVeform:XINCrement? The :WAVeform:XINCrement? query returns the duration between consecutive data points for the currently specified waveform source. For time domain waveforms, this is the time difference between consecutive data points. For VERSus type waveforms, this is the duration between levels on the X axis. For voltage waveforms, this is the voltage corresponding to one level.
PAGE 906
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:XORigin? Query :WAVeform:XORigin? The :WAVeform:XORigin? query returns the X- axis value of the first data point in the data record. For time domain waveforms, it is the time of the first point. For VERSus type waveforms, it is the X- axis value at level zero. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage at level zero. The value returned by this query is treated as a double precision 64- bit floating point number.
PAGE 907
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:XRANge? Query :WAVeform:XRANge? The :WAVeform:XRANge? query returns the X- axis duration of the displayed waveform. For time domain waveforms, it is the duration of the time across the display. For VERSus type waveforms, it is the duration of the waveform that is displayed on the X axis. NOTE Returned Format A "Waveform data is not valid" error occurs when there is no data available for a channel. When this occurs, a zero value is returned.
PAGE 908
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:XREFerence? Query :WAVeform:XREFerence? The :WAVeform:XREFerence? query returns the data point or level associated with the X- origin data value. It is at this data point or level that the X origin is defined. In this oscilloscope, the value is always zero.
PAGE 909
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:XUNits? Query :WAVeform:XUNits? The :WAVeform:XUNits? query returns the X- axis units of the currently selected waveform source. The currently selected source may be a channel, function, or waveform memory.
PAGE 910
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:YDISplay? Query :WAVeform:YDISplay? The :WAVeform:YDISplay? query returns the Y- axis value at the center of the display. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage at the center of the display. NOTE Returned Format A "Waveform data is not valid" error occurs when there is no data available for a channel. When this occurs, a zero value is returned. [:WAVeform:YDISplay] A real number representing the Y- axis value at the center of the display.
PAGE 911
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:YINCrement? Query :WAVeform:YINCrement? The :WAVeform:YINCrement? query returns the y- increment voltage value for the currently specified source. This voltage value is the voltage difference between two adjacent waveform data digital codes. Adjacent digital codes are codes that differ by one least significant bit. For example, the digital codes 24680 and 24681 vary by one least significant bit.
PAGE 912
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:YORigin? Query :WAVeform:YORigin? The :WAVeform:YORigin? query returns the y- origin voltage value for the currently specified source. The voltage value returned is the voltage value represented by the waveform data digital code 00000. • For BYTE and WORD data, and voltage waveforms, it is the voltage at digital code zero. • For ASCii data format, the YORigin is the Y- axis value at the center of the data range. Data range is returned in the Y increment.
PAGE 913
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:YRANge? Query :WAVeform:YRANge? The :WAVeform:YRANge? query returns the Y- axis duration of the displayed waveform. For voltage waveforms, it is the voltage across the entire display. NOTE Returned Format A "Waveform data is not valid" error occurs when there is no data available for a channel. When this occurs, a zero value is returned. [:WAVeform:YRANge] A real number representing the Y- axis duration of the displayed waveform.
PAGE 914
32 Waveform Commands :WAVeform:YREFerence? Query :WAVeform:YREFerence? The :WAVeform:YREFerence? query returns the y- reference voltage value for the currently specified source. It is at this level that the Y origin is defined. In this oscilloscope, the value is always zero.
PAGE 915
Waveform Commands 32 :WAVeform:YUNits? Query :WAVeform:YUNits? The :WAVeform:YUNits? query returns the Y- axis units of the currently selected waveform source. The currently selected source may be a channel, function, or waveform memory.
PAGE 916
32 Waveform Commands 916 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 917
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:CLEar 918 :WMEMory:DISPlay 919 :WMEMory:LOAD 920 :WMEMory:SAVE 921 :WMEMory:XOFFset 922 :WMEMory:XRANge 923 :WMEMory:YOFFset 924 :WMEMory:YRANge 925 The Waveform Memory Subsystem commands let you save and display waveforms, memories, and functions.
PAGE 918
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:CLEar Command :WMEMory:CLEar The :WMEMory:CLEar clears the associated wave memory. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. This example clears the waveform memory 1. myScope.
PAGE 919
Waveform Memory Commands 33 :WMEMory:DISPlay Command :WMEMory:DISPlay {{ON | 1} | {OFF | 0}} The :WMEMory:DISPlay command enables or disables the viewing of the selected waveform memory. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. This example turns on the waveform memory 1 display. myScope.WriteString ":WMEMORY1:DISPLAY ON" Query :WMEMory:DISPlay? The :WMEMory:DISPlay? query returns the state of the selected waveform memory.
PAGE 920
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:LOAD Command :WMEMory:LOAD The :WMEMory:LOAD command loads an oscilloscope waveform memory location with a waveform from a file that has an internal waveform format (extension .wfm), comma separated xypairs, (extension .csv), tab separated xypairs (extension .tsv), and yvalues text (extension .txt). You can load the file from either the c: or a: drive, or any lan connected drive. See the examples below.
PAGE 921
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:SAVE Command :WMEMory:SAVE {CHANnel |CLOCk | FUNCtion | MTRend | MSPectrum | WMEMory} The :WMEMory:SAVE command stores the specified channel, waveform memory, or function to the waveform memory. You can save waveforms to waveform memories regardless of whether the waveform memory is displayed or not. The :WAVeform:VIEW command determines the view of the data being saved. CHANnel is an integer, 1 - 4.
PAGE 922
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:XOFFset Command :WMEMory:XOFFset The :WMEMory:XOFFset command sets thex- axis, horizontal position for the selected waveform memory's display scale. The position is referenced to center screen. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. A real number for the horizontal offset (position) value. This example sets the X- axis, horizontal position for waveform memory 3 to 0.1 seconds (100 ms). myScope.
PAGE 923
Waveform Memory Commands 33 :WMEMory:XRANge Command :WMEMory:XRANge The :WMEMory:XRANge command sets theX- axis, horizontal range for the selected waveform memory's display scale. The horizontal scale is the horizontal range divided by 10. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. A real number for the horizontal range value. This example sets the X- axis, horizontal range of waveform memory 2 to 435 microseconds. myScope.
PAGE 924
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:YOFFset Command :WMEMory:YOFFset The :WMEMory:YOFFset command sets the Y- axis (vertical axis) offset for the selected waveform memory. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. A real number for the vertical offset value. This example sets the Y- axis (vertical) offset of waveform memory 2 to 0.2V. myScope.WriteString ":WMEMORY2:YOFFSET 0.
PAGE 925
33 Waveform Memory Commands :WMEMory:YRANge Command :WMEMory:YRANge The :WMEMory:YRANge command sets the Y- axis, vertical range for the selected memory. The vertical scale is the vertical range divided by 8. Example The memory number is an integer from 1 to 4. A real number for the vertical range value. This example sets the Y- axis (vertical) range of waveform memory 3 to 0.2 volts. myScope.WriteString ":WMEMORY3:YRANGE 0.
PAGE 926
33 Waveform Memory Commands 926 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 927
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 34 Error Messages Error Queue 928 Error Numbers 929 Command Error 930 Execution Error 931 Device- or Oscilloscope-Specific Error 932 Query Error 933 List of Error Messages 934 This chapter describes the error messages and how they are generated. The possible causes for the generation of the error messages are also listed in the following table.
PAGE 928
34 Error Messages Error Queue As errors are detected, they are placed in an error queue. This queue is first in, first out. If the error queue overflows, the last error in the queue is replaced with error - 350, "Queue overflow." Anytime the error queue overflows, the oldest errors remain in the queue, and the most recent error is discarded. The length of the oscilloscope's error queue is 30 (29 positions for the error messages, and 1 position for the "Queue overflow" message).
PAGE 929
Error Messages 34 Error Numbers The error numbers are grouped according to the type of error that is detected. • +0 indicates no errors were detected. • - 100 to - 199 indicates a command error was detected • - 200 to - 299 indicates an execution error was detected. • - 300 to - 399 indicates a device- specific error was detected. • - 400 to- 499 indicates a query error was detected. • +1 to +32767 indicates an oscilloscope specific error has been detected.
PAGE 930
34 Error Messages Command Error An error number in the range - 100 to - 199 indicates that an IEEE 488.2 syntax error has been detected by the instrument's parser. The occurrence of any error in this class sets the command error bit (bit 5) in the event status register and indicates that one of the following events occurred: • An IEEE 488.2 syntax error was detected by the parser. That is, a computer- to- oscilloscope message was received that is in violation of the IEEE 488.2 standard.
PAGE 931
Error Messages 34 Execution Error An error number in the range - 200 to - 299 indicates that an error was detected by the instrument's execution control block. The occurrence of any error in this class causes the execution error bit (bit 4) in the event status register to be set. It also indicates that one of the following events occurred: • The program data following a header is outside the legal input range or is inconsistent with the oscilloscope's capabilities.
PAGE 932
34 Error Messages Device- or Oscilloscope-Specific Error An error number in the range of - 300 to - 399 or +1 to +32767 indicates that the instrument has detected an error caused by an oscilloscope operation that did not properly complete. This may be due to an abnormal hardware or firmware condition. For example, this error may be generated by a self- test response error, or a full error queue.
PAGE 933
Error Messages 34 Query Error An error number in the range- 400 to- 499 indicates that the output queue control of the instrument has detected a problem with the message exchange protocol. An occurrence of any error in this class should cause the query error bit (bit 2) in the event status register to be set. An occurrence of an error also means one of the following is true: • An attempt is being made to read data from the output queue when no output is either present or pending.
PAGE 934
34 Error Messages List of Error Messages Table 29 a list of the error messages that are returned by the parser on this oscilloscope. Table 29 Error Messages 0 No error The error queue is empty. Every error in the queue has been read (SYSTEM:ERROR? query) or the queue was cleared by power-up or *CLS. -100 Command error This is the generic syntax error used if the oscilloscope cannot detect more specific errors.
PAGE 935
34 Error Messages Table 29 Error Messages (continued) -148 Character data not allowed A legal character data element was encountered where prohibited by the oscilloscope. -150 String data error This error can be generated when parsing a string data element. This particular error message is used if the oscilloscope cannot detect a more specific error. -151 Invalid string data A string data element was expected, but was invalid for some reason.
PAGE 936
34 Error Messages Table 29 Error Messages (continued) -231 Data questionable -240 Hardware error -241 Hardware missing -250 Mass storage error -251 Missing mass storage -252 Missing media -253 Corrupt media -254 Media full -255 Directory full -256 File name not found -257 File name error -258 Media protected -260 Expression error -261 Math error in expression -300 Device specific error -310 System error -311 Memory error -312 PUD memory error -313 Calibration memory los
PAGE 937
Error Messages 34 Table 29 Error Messages (continued) -374 The requested self test log file could not be found -375 Attenuator relay actuation counts can only be modified during factory service -400 Query error -410 Query INTERRUPTED -420 Query UNTERMINATED -430 Query DEADLOCKED -440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response This is the generic query error.
PAGE 938
34 Error Messages 938 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 939
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 35 Sample Programs VISA COM Examples 940 VISA Examples 979 SICL Examples 1029 SCPI.NET Examples 1048 Example programs are ASCII text files that can be cut from the help file and pasted into your favorite text editor.
PAGE 940
35 Sample Programs VISA COM Examples • "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic" on page 940 • "VISA COM Example in C#" on page 951 • "VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 961 • "VISA COM Example in Python" on page 971 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications (VBA): 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications (for example, Microsoft Excel). 2 Press ALT+F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor.
PAGE 941
Sample Programs 35 Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.71.191::inst0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Timeout = 15000 ' Set I/O communication timeout. myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize ' Capture data. Capture ' Analyze the captured waveform.
PAGE 942
35 Sample Programs ' Capture the waveform. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Capture() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Set probe attenuation factor. DoCommand ":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0" Debug.Print "Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?") ' Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------Debug.Print "Autoscale." DoCommand ":AUToscale" ' Set trigger mode.
PAGE 943
Sample Programs 35 DoCommand ":CHANnel1:OFFSet 0.0" Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical offset: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?") ' Set horizontal scale and offset. DoCommand ":TIMebase:SCALe 200E-6" Debug.Print "Timebase scale: " + _ DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?") DoCommand ":TIMebase:POSition 0.0" Debug.Print "Timebase position: " + _ DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?") ' Set the acquisition mode. DoCommand ":ACQuire:MODE RTIMe" Debug.
PAGE 944
35 Sample Programs DoCommand ":MEASure:FREQuency" varQueryResult = DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:FREQuency?") MsgBox "Frequency:" + vbCrLf + _ FormatNumber(varQueryResult / 1000, 4) + " kHz" DoCommand ":MEASure:VAMPlitude" varQueryResult = DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:VAMPlitude?") MsgBox "Vertial amplitude:" + vbCrLf + _ FormatNumber(varQueryResult, 4) + " V" ' Download the screen image. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Get screen image.
PAGE 945
Sample Programs Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim 35 intFormat As Integer intType As Integer lngPoints As Long lngCount As Long dblXIncrement As Double dblXOrigin As Double lngXReference As Long sngYIncrement As Single sngYOrigin As Single lngYReference As Long intCoupling As Integer dblXDispRange As Double dblXDispOrigin As Double dblYDispRange As Double dblYDispOrigin As Double strDate As String strTime As String strFrameModel As String intA
PAGE 946
35 Sample Programs dctUnits.Add dctUnits.Add dctUnits.Add dctUnits.Add dctUnits.Add dctUnits.
PAGE 947
Sample Programs 35 Debug.Print "Waveform Y reference: " + _ FormatNumber(lngYReference, 0) Debug.Print "Coupling: " + dctCoupling.Item(intCoupling) Debug.Print "Waveform X display range: " + _ Format(dblXDispRange, "Scientific") Debug.Print "Waveform X display origin: " + _ Format(dblXDispOrigin, "Scientific") Debug.Print "Waveform Y display range: " + _ Format(dblYDispRange, "Scientific") Debug.Print "Waveform Y display origin: " + _ Format(dblYDispOrigin, "Scientific") Debug.Print Debug.Print Debug.
PAGE 948
35 Sample Programs ", " + _ FormatNumber((lngDataValue * sngYIncrement) + sngYOrigin) Next lngI ' Close output file. Close hFile ' Close file. MsgBox "Waveform format WORD data written to " + _ "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv." Exit Sub VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error:" + vbCrLf + Err.Description End End Sub Private Sub DoCommand(command As String) On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope.WriteString command CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Sub VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + CStr(Err.
PAGE 949
Sample Programs 35 myScope.WriteString query DoQueryString = myScope.ReadString CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + CStr(Err.Number) + ", " + _ Err.Source + ", " + _ Err.Description, vbExclamation, "VISA COM Error" End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber(query As String) As Variant On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope.WriteString query DoQueryNumber = myScope.
PAGE 950
35 Sample Programs myScope.WriteString query DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1 = myScope.ReadIEEEBlock(BinaryType_UI1) CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError: MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + CStr(Err.Number) + ", " + _ Err.Source + ", " + _ Err.Description, vbExclamation, "VISA COM Error" End End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_I2(query As String) As Variant On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope.WriteString query DoQueryIEEEBlock_I2 = myScope.
PAGE 951
35 Sample Programs MsgBox "VISA COM Error: " + vbCrLf + Err.Description End Sub VISA COM Example in C# To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C#, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into the C# source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 5 Add a reference to the VISA COM 3.
PAGE 952
35 Sample Programs VisaComInstrument("TCPIP0::130.29.71.191::inst0::INSTR"); myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10); // Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize(); // Capture data. Capture(); // Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze(); Console.WriteLine("Press any key to exit"); Console.ReadKey(); } catch (System.ApplicationException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** VISA COM Error : " + err.Message); } catch (System.SystemException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.
PAGE 953
Sample Programs 35 private static void Capture() { // Set probe attenuation factor. myScope.DoCommand(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0"); Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?")); // Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. myScope.DoCommand(":AUToscale"); // Set trigger mode. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?")); // Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.
PAGE 954
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?")); myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0"); Console.WriteLine("Timebase position: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?")); // Set the acquisition mode. myScope.DoCommand(":ACQuire:MODE RTIMe"); Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":ACQuire:MODE?")); // Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup.
PAGE 955
Sample Programs 35 // ----------------------------------------------------------// Get the screen data. ResultsArray = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG"); nLength = ResultsArray.Length; // Store the screen data to a file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png"; FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.WriteLine("Screen image ({0} bytes) written to {1}", nLength, strPath); // Download waveform data.
PAGE 956
35 Sample Programs new Dictionary() { {"0", "RTIMe"}, {"1", "ETIMe"}, {"3", "PDETect"}, }; Dictionary dctCoupling = new Dictionary() { {"0", "AC"}, {"1", "DC"}, {"2", "DCFIFTY"}, {"3", "LFREJECT"}, }; Dictionary dctUnits = new Dictionary() { {"0", "UNKNOWN"}, {"1", "VOLT"}, {"2", "SECOND"}, {"3", "CONSTANT"}, {"4", "AMP"}, {"5", "DECIBEL"}, }; string strPreamble; string[] strsPreamble; strPreamble = myScope.
PAGE 957
Sample Programs 35 dctAcqMode[strsPreamble[18]]); Console.WriteLine("Completion pct: {0}", strsPreamble[19]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform X inits: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[20]]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y units: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[21]]); Console.WriteLine("Max BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[22]); Console.WriteLine("Min BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[23]); // Get numeric values for later calculations. double fXincrement; fXincrement = myScope.
PAGE 958
35 Sample Programs m_strVisaAddress = strVisaAddress; // Open the default VISA COM IO object. OpenIo(); // Clear the interface. m_IoObject.IO.Clear(); } public void DoCommand(string strCommand) { // Send the command. m_IoObject.WriteString(strCommand, true); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand); } public void DoCommandIEEEBlock(string strCommand, byte[] DataArray) { // Send the command to the device. m_IoObject.WriteIEEEBlock(strCommand, DataArray, true); // Check for inst errors.
PAGE 959
Sample Programs 35 // Return result number. return fResult; } public double[] DoQueryNumbers(string strQuery) { // Send the query. m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, true); // Get the result numbers. double[] fResultsArray; fResultsArray = (double[])m_IoObject.ReadList( IEEEASCIIType.ASCIIType_R8, ",;"); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return result numbers. return fResultsArray; } public byte[] DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(string strQuery) { // Send the query. m_IoObject.
PAGE 960
35 Sample Programs private void CheckInstrumentErrors(string strCommand) { // Check for instrument errors. string strInstrumentError; bool bFirstError = true; do // While not "0,No error". { m_IoObject.WriteString(":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing", true); strInstrumentError = m_IoObject.ReadString(); if (!strInstrumentError.ToString().StartsWith("0,")) { if (bFirstError) { Console.WriteLine("ERROR(s) for command '{0}': ", strCommand); bFirstError = false; } Console.
PAGE 961
Sample Programs 35 Marshal.ReleaseComObject(m_IoObject); } catch { } try { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(m_ResourceManager); } catch { } } } } VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual Basic, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into the C# source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 5 Add a reference to the VISA COM 3.
PAGE 962
35 Sample Programs Imports System.Runtime.InteropServices Namespace Infiniium Class VisaComInstrumentApp Private Shared myScope As VisaComInstrument Public Shared Sub Main(ByVal args As String()) Try myScope = New _ VisaComInstrument("TCPIP0::130.29.71.191::inst0::INSTR") myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10) ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize() ' Capture data. Capture() ' Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze() Catch err As System.ApplicationException Console.
PAGE 963
Sample Programs 35 myScope.DoCommand(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0") Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?")) ' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. myScope.DoCommand(":AUToscale") ' Set trigger mode. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE") Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?")) ' Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:EDGE:SOURCe CHANnel1") Console.
PAGE 964
35 Sample Programs myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") Console.WriteLine("Timebase position: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?")) ' Set the acquisition mode. myScope.DoCommand(":ACQuire:MODE RTIMe") Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":ACQuire:MODE?")) ' Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. Dim DataArray As Byte() Dim nBytesWritten As Integer ' Read setup string from file. strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.stp" DataArray = File.
PAGE 965
Sample Programs 35 ' Get the screen data. ResultsArray = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG") nLength = ResultsArray.Length ' Store the screen data to a file. strPath = "c:\scope\data\screen.png" Dim fStream As FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create) fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength) fStream.Close() Console.WriteLine("Screen image ({0} bytes) written to {1}", _ nLength, strPath) ' Download waveform data.
PAGE 966
35 Sample Programs dctCoupling.Add("1", "DC") dctCoupling.Add("2", "DCFIFTY") dctCoupling.Add("3", "LFREJECT") Dim dctUnits As New Dictionary(Of String, String)() dctUnits.Add("0", "UNKNOWN") dctUnits.Add("1", "VOLT") dctUnits.Add("2", "SECOND") dctUnits.Add("3", "CONSTANT") dctUnits.Add("4", "AMP") dctUnits.Add("5", "DECIBEL") Dim strPreamble As String Dim strsPreamble As String() strPreamble = myScope.DoQueryString(":WAVeform:PREamble?") strsPreamble = strPreamble.Split(","c) Console.
PAGE 967
Sample Programs 35 Dim fXorigin As Double fXorigin = myScope.DoQueryNumber(":WAVeform:XORigin?") Dim fYincrement As Double fYincrement = myScope.DoQueryNumber(":WAVeform:YINCrement?") Dim fYorigin As Double fYorigin = myScope.DoQueryNumber(":WAVeform:YORigin?") ' Get the waveform data. myScope.DoCommand(":WAVeform:STReaming OFF") Dim WordDataArray As Short() WordDataArray = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock_I2(":WAVeform:DATA?") nLength = WordDataArray.Length Console.
PAGE 968
35 Sample Programs End Sub Public Sub DoCommand(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Send the command. m_IoObject.WriteString(strCommand, True) ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand) End Sub Public Sub DoCommandIEEEBlock(ByVal strCommand As String, _ ByVal DataArray As Byte()) ' Send the command to the device. m_IoObject.WriteIEEEBlock(strCommand, DataArray, True) ' Check for inst errors.
PAGE 969
35 Sample Programs m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, True) ' Get the result numbers. Dim fResultsArray As Double() fResultsArray = _ m_IoObject.ReadList(IEEEASCIIType.ASCIIType_R8, ",;") ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return result numbers. Return fResultsArray End Function Public _ Function _ DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1(ByVal strQuery As String) As Byte() ' Send the query. m_IoObject.WriteString(strQuery, True) ' Get the results array. System.Threading.Thread.
PAGE 970
35 Sample Programs Dim bFirstError As Boolean = True Do ' While not "0,No error". m_IoObject.WriteString(":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing", True) strInstrumentError = m_IoObject.ReadString() If Not strInstrumentError.ToString().StartsWith("0,") Then If bFirstError Then Console.WriteLine("ERROR(s) for command '{0}': ", _ strCommand) bFirstError = False End If Console.Write(strInstrumentError) End If Loop While Not strInstrumentError.ToString().
PAGE 971
35 Sample Programs VISA COM Example in Python You can use the Python programming language with the "comtypes" package to control Agilent oscilloscopes. The Python language and "comtypes" package can be downloaded from the web at "http://www.python.org/" and "http://starship.python.net/crew/theller/comtypes/", respectively. To run this example with Python and "comtypes": 1 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into a file named "example.py". 2 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope.
PAGE 972
35 Sample Programs # Clear status and load the default setup. do_command("*CLS") do_command("*RST") # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Set probe attenuation factor. do_command(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0") qresult = do_query_string(":CHANnel1:PROBe?") print "Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: %s" % qresult # Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. print "Autoscale.
PAGE 973
35 Sample Programs # Set horizontal scale and offset. do_command(":TIMebase:SCALe 200e-6") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:SCALe?") print "Timebase scale: %s" % qresult do_command(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:POSition?") print "Timebase position: %s" % qresult # Set the acquisition mode. do_command(":ACQuire:MODE RTIMe") qresult = do_query_string(":ACQuire:MODE?") print "Acquire mode: %s" % qresult # Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. f = open("setup.
PAGE 974
35 Sample Programs # Get the waveform type. qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:TYPE?") print "Waveform type: %s" % qresult # Get the number of waveform points. qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?") print "Waveform points: %s" % qresult # Set the waveform source.
PAGE 975
Sample Programs 35 x_reference, y_increment, y_origin, y_reference, coupling, x_display_range, x_display_origin, y_display_range, y_display_origin, date, time, frame_model, acq_mode, completion, x_units, y_units, max_bw_limit, min_bw_limit ) = string.
PAGE 976
35 Sample Programs # ========================================================= # Send a command and check for errors: # ========================================================= def do_command(command): myScope.WriteString("%s" % command, True) check_instrument_errors(command) # ========================================================= # Send a command and check for errors: # ========================================================= def do_command_ieee_block(command, data): myScope.
PAGE 977
Sample Programs 35 # ========================================================= # Send a query, check for errors, return values: # ========================================================= def do_query_numbers(query): myScope.WriteString("%s" % query, True) result = myScope.ReadList(VisaComLib.
PAGE 978
35 Sample Programs initialize() capture() analyze() print "End of program" 978 Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference
PAGE 979
35 Sample Programs VISA Examples • "VISA Example in C" on page 979 • "VISA Example in Visual Basic" on page 988 • "VISA Example in C#" on page 998 • "VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET" on page 1010 • "VISA Example in Python" on page 1022 VISA Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C++, Win32, Win32 Console Application project. 3 In the Win32 Application Wizard, click Next >. Then, check Empty project, and click Finish.
PAGE 980
35 Sample Programs * -----------------------------------------------------------------* This program illustrates a few commonly-used programming * features of your Agilent Infiniium Series oscilloscope. */ #include #include #include #include /* /* /* /* For printf(). */ For strcpy(), strcat(). */ For clock(). */ Agilent VISA routines. */ #define VISA_ADDRESS "TCPIP0::130.29.71.
PAGE 981
Sample Programs 35 if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); /* Initialize - start from a known state. */ initialize(); /* Capture data. */ capture(); /* Analyze the captured waveform. */ analyze(); /* Close the vi session and the resource manager session. */ viClose(vi); viClose(defaultRM); } /* Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void initialize (void) { /* Clear status.
PAGE 982
35 Sample Programs do_query_string(":TRIGger:LEVel? CHANnel1"); printf("Trigger level, channel 1: %s\n", str_result); do_command(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive"); do_query_string(":TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?"); printf("Trigger edge slope: %s\n", str_result); /* Save oscilloscope setup. */ /* Read system setup. */ num_values = do_query_ieeeblock(":SYSTem:SETup?"); printf("Read setup string query (%d bytes).\n", num_values); /* Write setup string to file. */ fp = fopen ("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.
PAGE 983
Sample Programs 35 num_values = do_command_ieeeblock(":SYSTem:SETup", num_values); printf("Restored setup string (%d bytes).\n", num_values); /* Set the desired number of waveform points, * and capture an acquisition. */ do_command(":ACQuire:POINts 32000"); do_command(":DIGitize"); } /* Analyze the captured waveform.
PAGE 984
35 Sample Programs /* Get the waveform type. */ do_query_string(":WAVeform:TYPE?"); printf("Waveform type: %s\n", str_result); /* Get the number of waveform points. */ do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?"); printf("Waveform points: %s\n", str_result); /* Set the waveform source.
PAGE 985
Sample Programs 35 /* Send a command to the instrument. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void do_command(command) char *command; { char message[80]; strcpy(message, command); strcat(message, "\n"); err = viPrintf(vi, message); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Command with IEEE definite-length block.
PAGE 986
35 Sample Programs /* Query for a number result. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void do_query_number(query) char *query; { char message[80]; strcpy(message, query); strcat(message, "\n"); err = viPrintf(vi, message); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); err = viScanf(vi, "%lf", &num_result); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Query for numbers result.
PAGE 987
Sample Programs 35 printf("IEEE block buffer full: "); printf("May not have received all data.\n"); } check_instrument_errors(); return(data_length); } /* Query for an IEEE definite-length word block result.
PAGE 988
35 Sample Programs err = viFlush(vi, VI_READ_BUF); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); err = viFlush(vi, VI_WRITE_BUF); if (err != VI_SUCCESS) error_handler(); } } /* Handle VISA errors.
PAGE 989
Sample Programs Public vi As Long 35 ' Session to instrument. ' Declare variables to hold numeric values returned by ' viVScanf/viVQueryf.
PAGE 990
35 Sample Programs End Sub ' ' Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Initialize() ' Clear status. DoCommand "*CLS" ' Get and display the device's *IDN? string. strQueryResult = DoQueryString("*IDN?") MsgBox "*IDN? string: " + strQueryResult, vbOKOnly, "*IDN? Result" ' Load the default setup. DoCommand "*RST" End Sub ' ' Capture the waveform.
PAGE 991
Sample Programs 35 Debug.Print "Setup bytes saved: " + CStr(lngSetupStringSize) ' Output setup string to a file: Dim strPath As String strPath = "c:\scope\config\setup.dat" If Len(Dir(strPath)) Then Kill strPath ' Remove file if it exists. End If ' Open file for output. Dim hFile As Long hFile = FreeFile Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As hFile Dim lngI As Long For lngI = 0 To lngSetupStringSize - 1 Put hFile, , byteArray(lngI) ' Write data. Next lngI Close hFile ' Close file.
PAGE 992
35 Sample Programs Debug.Print "Setup bytes restored: " + CStr(lngRestored) ' Set the desired number of waveform points, ' and capture an acquisition. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":ACQuire:POINts 32000" DoCommand ":DIGitize" End Sub ' ' Analyze the captured waveform. ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Analyze() ' Make a couple of measurements.
PAGE 993
Sample Programs 35 ' Download waveform data. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Get the waveform type. Debug.Print "Waveform type: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:TYPE?") ' Get the number of waveform points. Debug.Print "Waveform points: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:POINts?") ' Set the waveform source. DoCommand ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.
PAGE 994
35 Sample Programs For lngI = 0 To lngNumWords - 1 ' Write time value, voltage value. Print #hFile, _ FormatNumber(dblXOrigin + (lngI * dblXIncrement), 9) + _ ", " + _ FormatNumber((wordArray(lngI) * dblYIncrement) + dblYOrigin) Next lngI ' Close output file. Close hFile ' Close file. MsgBox "Waveform format WORD data written to " + _ "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv.
PAGE 995
Sample Programs 35 End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber(query As String) As Variant Dim dblResult As Double err = viVPrintf(vi, query + vbLf, 0) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viVScanf(vi, "%lf" + vbLf, VarPtr(dblResult)) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi DoQueryNumber = dblResult CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryNumbers(query As String) As Long Dim dblResult As Double ' Send query.
PAGE 996
35 Sample Programs ' Get unsigned integer bytes. err = viVScanf(vi, "%#b" + vbLf, paramsArray(0)) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viFlush(vi, VI_READ_BUF) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viFlush(vi, VI_WRITE_BUF) If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi ' retCount is now actual number of bytes returned by query. DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes = retCount CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Words(query As String) As Long ' Send query.
PAGE 997
35 Sample Programs If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viVScanf(vi, "%t", strErrVal) ' Read: Errnum,"Error String". If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi While Val(strErrVal) <> 0 ' End if find: 0,"No Error". strOut = strOut + "INST Error: " + strErrVal err = viVPrintf(vi, ":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing" + vbLf, 0) ' Request err or. If (err <> VI_SUCCESS) Then HandleVISAError vi err = viVScanf(vi, "%t", strErrVal) ' Read error message.
PAGE 998
35 Sample Programs VISA Example in C# To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C#, Windows, Console Application project. 3 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into the C# source file. 4 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 5 Add Agilent's VISA header file to your project: a Right- click the project you wish to modify (not the solution) in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment.
PAGE 999
Sample Programs 35 { myScope = new VisaInstrument("TCPIP0::130.29.71.191::inst0::INSTR"); myScope.SetTimeoutSeconds(10); // Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize(); // Capture data. Capture(); // Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze(); } catch (System.ApplicationException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** VISA Error Message : " + err.Message); } catch (System.SystemException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.Message); } catch (System.Exception err) { System.
PAGE 1000
35 Sample Programs private static void Capture() { // Set probe attenuation factor. myScope.DoCommand(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0"); Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?")); // Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. myScope.DoCommand(":AUToscale"); // Set trigger mode. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TRIGger:MODE?")); // Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.
PAGE 1001
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?")); myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0"); Console.WriteLine("Timebase position: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:POSition?")); // Set the acquisition mode. myScope.DoCommand(":ACQuire:MODE RTIMe"); Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", myScope.DoQueryString(":ACQuire:MODE?")); // Or, set up by loading a previously saved setup.
PAGE 1002
35 Sample Programs // Download the screen image. // ----------------------------------------------------------// Get the screen data. nLength = myScope.DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG", out ResultsArray); // Store the screen data to a file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png"; FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(ResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.
PAGE 1003
Sample Programs 35 new Dictionary() { {"0", "RTIMe"}, {"1", "ETIMe"}, {"3", "PDETect"}, }; Dictionary dctCoupling = new Dictionary() { {"0", "AC"}, {"1", "DC"}, {"2", "DCFIFTY"}, {"3", "LFREJECT"}, }; Dictionary dctUnits = new Dictionary() { {"0", "UNKNOWN"}, {"1", "VOLT"}, {"2", "SECOND"}, {"3", "CONSTANT"}, {"4", "AMP"}, {"5", "DECIBEL"}, }; string strPreamble; string[] strsPreamble; strPreamble = myScope.
PAGE 1004
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", dctAcqMode[strsPreamble[18]]); Console.WriteLine("Completion pct: {0}", strsPreamble[19]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform X inits: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[20]]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y units: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[21]]); Console.WriteLine("Max BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[22]); Console.WriteLine("Min BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[23]); // Get numeric values for later calculations. double fXincrement; fXincrement = myScope.
PAGE 1005
Sample Programs 35 // Open the default VISA resource manager. OpenResourceManager(); // Open a VISA resource session. OpenSession(); // Clear the interface. int nViStatus; nViStatus = visa32.viClear(m_nSession); } public void DoCommand(string strCommand) { // Send the command. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strCommand); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strCommand); } public int DoCommandIEEEBlock(string strCommand, byte[] DataArray) { // Send the command to the device.
PAGE 1006
35 Sample Programs // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return string results. return strResults; } public double DoQueryNumber(string strQuery) { // Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery); // Get the result string. double fResults; fResults = VisaGetResultNumber(); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return string results. return fResults; } public double[] DoQueryNumbers(string strQuery) { // Send the query.
PAGE 1007
Sample Programs 35 out short[] ResultsArray) { // Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery); // Get the result string. int length; // Number of bytes returned from instrument. length = VisaGetResultIEEEBlock_Words(out ResultsArray); // Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery); // Return string results. return length; } private void VisaSendCommandOrQuery(string strCommandOrQuery) { // Send command or query to the device. string strWithNewline; strWithNewline = String.
PAGE 1008
35 Sample Programs nViStatus = visa32.viScanf(m_nSession, "%,10lf\n", fResultsArray); CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus); return fResultsArray; } private int VisaGetResultIEEEBlock_Bytes(out byte[] ResultsArray) { // Results array, big enough to hold a PNG. ResultsArray = new byte[500000]; int length; // Number of bytes returned from instrument. // Set the default number of bytes that will be contained in // the ResultsArray to 500,000 (500kB). length = 500000; // Read return value string from the device.
PAGE 1009
Sample Programs 35 } private void CheckInstrumentErrors(string strCommand) { // Check for instrument errors. StringBuilder strInstrumentError = new StringBuilder(1000); bool bFirstError = true; do // While not "0,No error" { VisaSendCommandOrQuery(":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing"); strInstrumentError = VisaGetResultString(); if (!strInstrumentError.ToString().StartsWith("0,")) { if (bFirstError) { Console.WriteLine("ERROR(s) for command '{0}': ", strCommand); bFirstError = false; } Console.
PAGE 1010
35 Sample Programs { StringBuilder strError = new StringBuilder(256); visa32.viStatusDesc(this.m_nResourceManager, nViStatus, strError); throw new ApplicationException(strError.ToString()); } } public void Close() { if (m_nSession != 0) visa32.viClose(m_nSession); if (m_nResourceManager != 0) visa32.viClose(m_nResourceManager); } } } VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio.
PAGE 1011
35 Sample Programs ' ' ' ' ' ' Agilent VISA Example in Visual Basic .NET ------------------------------------------------------------------This program illustrates a few commonly-used programming features of your Agilent Infiniium Series oscilloscope. ------------------------------------------------------------------- Imports System Imports System.IO Imports System.
PAGE 1012
35 Sample Programs myScope.DoCommand("*RST") End Sub ' ' Capture the waveform. ' -------------------------------------------------------------Private Shared Sub Capture() ' Set probe attenuation factor. myScope.DoCommand(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0") Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?")) ' Use auto-scale to automatically set up oscilloscope. myScope.DoCommand(":AUToscale") ' Set trigger mode. myScope.DoCommand(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE") Console.
PAGE 1013
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 vertical scale: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:SCALe?")) myScope.DoCommand(":CHANnel1:OFFSet 0.0") Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 vertical offset: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?")) ' Set horizontal scale and position. myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002") Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0}", _ myScope.DoQueryString(":TIMebase:SCALe?")) myScope.DoCommand(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") Console.
PAGE 1014
35 Sample Programs myScope.DoQueryString(":MEASure:SOURce?")) myScope.DoCommand(":MEASure:FREQuency") fResult = myScope.DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:FREQuency?") Console.WriteLine("Frequency: {0:F4} kHz", fResult / 1000) myScope.DoCommand(":MEASure:VAMPlitude") fResult = myScope.DoQueryNumber(":MEASure:VAMPlitude?") Console.WriteLine("Vertial amplitude: {0:F2} V", fResult) ' Download the screen image. ' -----------------------------------------------------------' Get the screen data. nLength = myScope.
PAGE 1015
Sample Programs 35 dctAcqType.Add("2", "AVERage") dctAcqType.Add("3", "VHIStogram") dctAcqType.Add("4", "HHIStogram") dctAcqType.Add("6", "INTerpolate") dctAcqType.Add("10", "PDETect") Dim dctAcqMode As New Dictionary(Of String, String)() dctAcqMode.Add("0", "RTIMe") dctAcqMode.Add("1", "ETIMe") dctAcqMode.Add("3", "PDETect") Dim dctCoupling As New Dictionary(Of String, String)() dctCoupling.Add("0", "AC") dctCoupling.Add("1", "DC") dctCoupling.Add("2", "DCFIFTY") dctCoupling.
PAGE 1016
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Frame model: {0}", strsPreamble(17)) Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", _ dctAcqMode(strsPreamble(18))) Console.WriteLine("Completion pct: {0}", strsPreamble(19)) Console.WriteLine("Waveform X inits: {0}", _ dctUnits(strsPreamble(20))) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y units: {0}", _ dctUnits(strsPreamble(21))) Console.WriteLine("Max BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble(22)) Console.WriteLine("Min BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble(23)) ' Get numeric values for later calculations.
PAGE 1017
35 Sample Programs Private m_nSession As Integer Private m_strVisaAddress As String ' Constructor. Public Sub New(ByVal strVisaAddress As String) ' Save VISA addres in member variable. m_strVisaAddress = strVisaAddress ' Open the default VISA resource manager. OpenResourceManager() ' Open a VISA resource session. OpenSession() ' Clear the interface. Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus = visa32.viClear(m_nSession) End Sub Public Sub DoCommand(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Send the command.
PAGE 1018
35 Sample Programs As StringBuilder ' Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery) ' Get the result string. Dim strResults As New StringBuilder(1000) strResults = VisaGetResultString() ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return string results. Return strResults End Function Public Function DoQueryNumber(ByVal strQuery As String) As Double ' Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery) ' Get the result string.
PAGE 1019
35 Sample Programs CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return string results. Return length End Function Public Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Words(ByVal strQuery As String, _ ByRef ResultsArray As Short()) As Integer ' Send the query. VisaSendCommandOrQuery(strQuery) ' Get the result string. Dim length As Integer ' Number of bytes returned from instrument. length = VisaGetResultIEEEBlock_Words(ResultsArray) ' Check for inst errors. CheckInstrumentErrors(strQuery) ' Return string results.
PAGE 1020
35 Sample Programs Dim fResultsArray As Double() fResultsArray = New Double(9) {} ' Read return value string from the device. Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus = visa32.viScanf(m_nSession, _ "%,10lf" & Chr(10) & "", fResultsArray) CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus) Return fResultsArray End Function Private Function VisaGetResultIEEEBlock_Bytes(ByRef ResultsArray _ As Byte()) As Integer ' Results array, big enough to hold a PNG.
PAGE 1021
Sample Programs 35 nViStatus = visa32.viFlush(m_nSession, visa32.VI_READ_BUF) CheckVisaStatus(nViStatus) Return length End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors(ByVal strCommand As String) ' Check for instrument errors. Dim strInstrumentError As New StringBuilder(1000) Dim bFirstError As Boolean = True Do ' While not "0,No error" VisaSendCommandOrQuery(":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing") strInstrumentError = VisaGetResultString() If Not strInstrumentError.ToString().
PAGE 1022
35 Sample Programs End Sub Public Sub Close() If m_nSession <> 0 Then visa32.viClose(m_nSession) End If If m_nResourceManager <> 0 Then visa32.viClose(m_nResourceManager) End If End Sub End Class End Namespace VISA Example in Python You can use the Python programming language with the PyVISA package to control Agilent Infiniium Series oscilloscopes. The Python language and PyVISA package can be downloaded from the web at "http://www.python.org/" and "http://pyvisa.sourceforge.net/", respectively.
PAGE 1023
Sample Programs 35 do_command("*CLS") # Get and display the device's *IDN? string. idn_string = do_query_string("*IDN?") print "Identification string: '%s'" % idn_string # Load the default setup. do_command("*RST") # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Set probe attenuation factor. do_command(":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.
PAGE 1024
35 Sample Programs do_command(":CHANnel1:OFFSet 0.0") qresult = do_query_values(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?")[0] print "Channel 1 offset: %f" % qresult # Set horizontal scale and offset. do_command(":TIMebase:SCALe 200e-6") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:SCALe?") print "Timebase scale: %s" % qresult do_command(":TIMebase:POSition 0.0") qresult = do_query_string(":TIMebase:POSition?") print "Timebase position: %s" % qresult # Set the acquisition mode.
PAGE 1025
Sample Programs 35 # Save display data values to file. f = open("screen_image.png", "wb") f.write(sDisplay) f.close() print "Screen image written to screen_image.png." # Download waveform data. # -------------------------------------------------------# Get the waveform type. qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:TYPE?") print "Waveform type: %s" % qresult # Get the number of waveform points. qresult = do_query_string(":WAVeform:POINts?") print "Waveform points: %s" % qresult # Set the waveform source.
PAGE 1026
35 Sample Programs 2 3 4 5 : : : : "SECOND", "CONSTANT", "AMP", "DECIBEL", } preamble_string = do_query_string(":WAVeform:PREamble?") ( wav_form, acq_type, wfmpts, avgcnt, x_increment, x_origin, x_reference, y_increment, y_origin, y_reference, coupling, x_display_range, x_display_origin, y_display_range, y_display_origin, date, time, frame_model, acq_mode, completion, x_units, y_units, max_bw_limit, min_bw_limit ) = string.
PAGE 1027
Sample Programs 35 for i in xrange(0, len(values) - 1): time_val = x_origin + (i * x_increment) voltage = (values[i] * y_increment) + y_origin f.write("%E, %f\n" % (time_val, voltage)) f.close() print "Waveform format BYTE data written to waveform_data.csv." # ========================================================= # Send a command and check for errors: # ========================================================= def do_command(command, hide_params=False): if hide_params: (header, data) = string.
PAGE 1028
35 Sample Programs while True: error_string = Infiniium.ask(":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing\n") if error_string: # If there is an error string value. if error_string.find("0,", 0, 2) == -1: # Not "No error". print "ERROR: %s, command: '%s'" % (error_string, command) print "Exited because of error." sys.exit(1) else: break # "No error" else: # :SYSTem:ERRor? STRing should always return string. print "ERROR: :SYSTem:ERRor? STRing returned nothing, command: '%s'" % command print "Exited because of error." sys.
PAGE 1029
35 Sample Programs SICL Examples • "SICL Example in C" on page 1029 • "SICL Example in Visual Basic" on page 1038 SICL Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Open Visual Studio. 2 Create a new Visual C++, Win32, Win32 Console Application project. 3 In the Win32 Application Wizard, click Next >. Then, check Empty project, and click Finish. 4 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into a file named "example.c" in the project directory.
PAGE 1030
35 Sample Programs #include #include #include #include /* /* /* /* #define SICL_ADDRESS #define TIMEOUT #define IEEEBLOCK_SPACE /* Function prototypes */ void initialize(void); void capture(void); void analyze(void); For printf(). */ For strcpy(), strcat(). */ For clock(). */ Agilent SICL routines. */ "lan[130.29.71.191]:inst0" 5000 500000 /* Initialize to known state. */ /* Capture the waveform. */ /* Analyze the captured waveform.
PAGE 1031
35 Sample Programs /* Set the I/O timeout value for this session to 5 seconds. */ itimeout(id, TIMEOUT); /* Clear the interface. */ iclear(id); /* Initialize - start from a known state. */ initialize(); /* Capture data. */ capture(); /* Analyze the captured waveform. */ analyze(); /* Close the device session to the instrument. */ iclose(id); printf ("Program execution is complete...\n"); /* For WIN16 programs, call _siclcleanup before exiting to release * resources allocated by SICL for this application.
PAGE 1032
35 Sample Programs /* Set trigger mode. */ do_command(":TRIGger:MODE EDGE"); do_query_string(":TRIGger:MODE?"); printf("Trigger mode: %s\n", str_result); /* Set EDGE trigger parameters.
PAGE 1033
35 Sample Programs do_query_string(":ACQuire:MODE?"); printf("Acquire mode: %s\n", str_result); /* Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. * ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* Read setup string from file. */ fp = fopen ("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp", "rb"); num_values = fread (ieeeblock_data, sizeof(unsigned char), IEEEBLOCK_SPACE, fp); fclose (fp); printf("Read setup string (%d bytes) from file ", num_values); printf("c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp.
PAGE 1034
35 Sample Programs /* Read screen image. */ num_values = do_query_ieeeblock(":DISPlay:DATA? PNG"); printf("Screen image bytes: %d\n", num_values); /* Write screen image bytes to file. */ fp = fopen ("c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png", "wb"); num_values = fwrite(ieeeblock_data, sizeof(unsigned char), num_values, fp); fclose (fp); printf("Wrote screen image (%d bytes) to ", num_values); printf("c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png.\n"); /* Download waveform data.
PAGE 1035
35 Sample Programs /* Output waveform data in CSV format. */ for (i = 0; i < num_values - 1; i++) { /* Write time value, voltage value. */ fprintf(fp, "%9f, %6f\n", x_origin + ((float)i * x_increment), ((float)ieeeblock_data_words[i] * y_increment) + y_origin); } /* Close output file. */ fclose(fp); printf("Waveform format WORD data written to "); printf("c:\\scope\\data\\waveform_data.csv.\n"); } /* Send a command to the instrument.
PAGE 1036
35 Sample Programs strcat(message, "\n"); iprintf(id, message); iscanf(id, "%t\n", str_result); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Query for a number result. * --------------------------------------------------------------- */ void do_query_number(query) char *query; { char message[80]; strcpy(message, query); strcat(message, "\n"); iprintf(id, message); iscanf(id, "%lf", &num_result); check_instrument_errors(); } /* Query for numbers result.
PAGE 1037
35 Sample Programs printf("IEEE block buffer full: "); printf("May not have received all data.\n"); } check_instrument_errors(); return(data_length); } /* Query for an IEEE definite-length block word data result.
PAGE 1038
35 Sample Programs SICL Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications: 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications (for example, Microsoft Excel). 2 Press ALT+F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor. 3 Add the sicl32.bas file to your project: a Choose File>Import File.... b Navigate to the header file, sicl32.
PAGE 1039
35 Sample Programs ' Open a device session using the SICL_ADDRESS. id = iopen("lan[130.29.71.191]:inst0") Call itimeout(id, 5000) ' Clear the interface. Call iclear(id) ' Initialize - start from a known state. Initialize ' Capture data. Capture ' Analyze the captured waveform. Analyze ' Close the vi session and the resource manager session. Call iclose(id) Exit Sub ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Sub ' ' Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state.
PAGE 1040
35 Sample Programs ' ------------------------------------------------------------------Private Sub Capture() On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Set probe attenuation factor. DoCommand ":CHANnel1:PROBe 1.0" Debug.Print "Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:PROBe?") ' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":AUToscale" ' Set trigger mode. DoCommand ":TRIGger:MODE EDGE" Debug.
PAGE 1041
35 Sample Programs ' ----------------------------------------------------------------' Set vertical scale and offset. DoCommand ":CHANnel1:SCALe 0.1" Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical scale: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:SCALe?") DoCommand ":CHANnel1:OFFSet 0.0" Debug.Print "Channel 1 vertical offset: " + _ DoQueryString(":CHANnel1:OFFSet?") ' Set horizontal scale and position. DoCommand ":TIMebase:SCALe 0.0002" Debug.
PAGE 1042
35 Sample Programs Private Sub Analyze() On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Make measurements. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------DoCommand ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.
PAGE 1043
Sample Programs 35 ' Set the waveform source. DoCommand ":WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel1" Debug.Print "Waveform source: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:SOURce?") ' Choose the format of the data returned: DoCommand ":WAVeform:FORMat BYTE" Debug.Print "Waveform format: " + _ DoQueryString(":WAVeform:FORMat?") ' Display the waveform settings: Dim dblXIncrement As Double Dim dblXOrigin As Double Dim dblYIncrement As Double Dim dblYOrigin As Double dblXIncrement = DoQueryNumber(":WAVeform:XINCrement?") Debug.
PAGE 1044
35 Sample Programs Print #hFile, _ FormatNumber(dblXOrigin + (lngI * dblXIncrement), 9) + _ ", " + _ FormatNumber((lngDataValue * dblYIncrement) + dblYOrigin) Next lngI ' Close output file. Close hFile ' Close file. MsgBox "Waveform format BYTE data written to " + _ "c:\scope\data\waveform_data.csv.
PAGE 1045
Sample Programs 35 MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryString(query As String) As String Dim actual As Long On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim strResult As String * 200 Call ivprintf(id, query + vbLf) Call ivscanf(id, "%200t", strResult) DoQueryString = strResult CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber(query As String) As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim
PAGE 1046
35 Sample Programs Call ivscanf(id, "%,10lf" + vbLf, dblResults) DoQueryNumbers = dblResults CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler: MsgBox "*** Error : " + Error, vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes(query As String) As Long On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Send query. Call ivprintf(id, query + vbLf) ' Read definite-length block bytes. Call ifread(id, byteArray(), ByteArraySize, vbNull, retCount) ' Get number of block length digits.
PAGE 1047
Sample Programs 35 Call ivprintf(id, ":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing" + vbLf) ' Query any errors d ata. Call ivscanf(id, "%200t", strErrVal) ' Read: Errnum,"Error String". While Val(strErrVal) <> 0 ' End if find: 0,"No Error". strOut = strOut + "INST Error: " + strErrVal Call ivprintf(id, ":SYSTem:ERRor? STRing" + vbLf) ' Request error me ssage. Call ivscanf(id, "%200t", strErrVal) ' Read error message.
PAGE 1048
35 Sample Programs SCPI.NET Examples These programming examples show how to use the SCPI.NET drivers that come with Agilent's free Command Expert software. While you can write code manually using SCPI.NET drivers (as described in this section), you can also use the Command Expert software to: • Connect to instruments and control them interactively using SCPI command sets. • Quickly prototype and test command sequences. • Generate C#, VB.NET, or C/C++ code for command sequences.
PAGE 1049
35 Sample Programs • Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Agilent\ Command Expert\ScpiNetDrivers • Windows 7: C:\ProgramData\Agilent\Command Expert\ ScpiNetDrivers d Select the .dll file for your oscilloscope, for example AgInfiniium90000_1_10.dll; then, click OK. 7 Build and run the program. For more information, see the SCPI.NET driver help that comes with Agilent Command Expert. /* * Agilent SCPI.
PAGE 1050
35 Sample Programs Console.ReadKey(); } catch (System.ApplicationException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** SCPI.NET Error : " + err.Message); } catch (System.SystemException err) { Console.WriteLine("*** System Error Message : " + err.Message); } catch (System.Exception err) { System.Diagnostics.Debug.Fail("Unexpected Error"); Console.WriteLine("*** Unexpected Error : " + err.Message); } finally { //myScope.Dispose(); } } /* * Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state.
PAGE 1051
35 Sample Programs // Set trigger mode. myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.MODE.Command("EDGE"); myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.MODE.Query(out strResults); Console.WriteLine("Trigger mode: {0}", strResults); // Set EDGE trigger parameters. myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.EDGE.SOURce.Command(null, "CHANnel1"); myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.EDGE.SOURce.Query(null, out strResults); Console.WriteLine("Trigger edge source: {0}", strResults); myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.LEVel.Command("CHANnel1", -0.002); myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.LEVel.
PAGE 1052
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", strResults); // Or, configure by loading a previously saved setup. byte[] DataArray; int nBytesWritten; // Read setup string from file. strPath = "c:\\scope\\config\\setup.stp"; DataArray = File.ReadAllBytes(strPath); nBytesWritten = DataArray.Length; // Restore setup string. myScope.SCPI.SYSTem.SETup.Command(DataArray); Console.
PAGE 1053
Sample Programs 35 // Store the screen data to a file. string strPath; strPath = "c:\\scope\\data\\screen.png"; FileStream fStream = File.Open(strPath, FileMode.Create); fStream.Write(byteResultsArray, 0, nLength); fStream.Close(); Console.WriteLine("Screen image ({0} bytes) written to {1}", nLength, strPath); // Download waveform data. // ----------------------------------------------------------// Get the waveform points mode. myScope.SCPI.WAVeform.TYPE.Query(out strResults); Console.
PAGE 1054
35 Sample Programs new Dictionary() { {"0", "RTIMe"}, {"1", "ETIMe"}, {"3", "PDETect"}, }; Dictionary dctCoupling = new Dictionary() { {"0", "AC"}, {"1", "DC"}, {"2", "DCFIFTY"}, {"3", "LFREJECT"}, }; Dictionary dctUnits = new Dictionary() { {"0", "UNKNOWN"}, {"1", "VOLT"}, {"2", "SECOND"}, {"3", "CONSTANT"}, {"4", "AMP"}, {"5", "DECIBEL"}, }; string strPreamble; string[] strsPreamble; myScope.SCPI.WAVeform.PREamble.
PAGE 1055
Sample Programs 35 dctAcqMode[strsPreamble[18]]); Console.WriteLine("Completion pct: {0}", strsPreamble[19]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform X inits: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[20]]); Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y units: {0}", dctUnits[strsPreamble[21]]); Console.WriteLine("Max BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[22]); Console.WriteLine("Min BW limit: {0}", strsPreamble[23]); // Get numeric values for later calculations. double fXincrement; myScope.SCPI.WAVeform.XINCrement.
PAGE 1056
35 Sample Programs SCPI.NET Example in Visual Basic .NET To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008: 1 Install the Agilent Command Expert software and the command set for the oscilloscope. 2 Open Visual Studio. 3 Create a new Visual Basic, Windows, Console Application project. 4 Cut- and- paste the code that follows into the Visual Basic .NET source file. 5 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope. 6 Add a reference to the SCPI.NET 3.
PAGE 1057
35 Sample Programs Namespace Infiniium Class ScpiNetInstrumentApp Private Shared myScope As AgInfiniium90000 Public Shared Sub Main(ByVal args As String()) Try Dim strScopeAddress As String 'strScopeAddress = "labi-trex-lp11.cos.agilent.com"; strScopeAddress = _ "TCPIP0::labi-trex-lp11.cos.agilent.com::inst0::INSTR" Console.WriteLine("Connecting to oscilloscope...") Console.WriteLine() myScope = New AgInfiniium90000(strScopeAddress) myScope.Transport.DefaultTimeout.
PAGE 1058
35 Sample Programs Private Shared Sub Capture() Dim strResults As String Dim fResult As Double ' Set probe attenuation factor. Dim nChannel As UInteger nChannel = 1 myScope.SCPI.CHANnel.PROBe.Command(nChannel, 1.0, DBNull.Value) myScope.SCPI.CHANnel.PROBe.Query(1, fResult, strResults) Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 probe attenuation factor: {0}", _ fResult) ' Use auto-scale to automatically configure oscilloscope. myScope.SCPI.AUToscale.Command() ' Set trigger mode. myScope.SCPI.TRIGger.MODE.
PAGE 1059
35 Sample Programs myScope.SCPI.CHANnel.OFFSet.Command(1, 0.0) myScope.SCPI.CHANnel.OFFSet.Query(1, fResult) Console.WriteLine("Channel 1 vertical offset: {0:F4}", fResult) ' Set horizontal scale and offset. myScope.SCPI.TIMebase.SCALe.Command(0.0002) myScope.SCPI.TIMebase.SCALe.Query(fResult) Console.WriteLine("Timebase scale: {0:F4}", fResult) myScope.SCPI.TIMebase.POSition.Command(0.0) myScope.SCPI.TIMebase.POSition.Query(fResult) Console.
PAGE 1060
35 Sample Programs ' Use direct command/query when commands not in command set. myScope.Transport.Command.Invoke(":MEASure:VAMPlitude CHANnel1") myScope.Transport.Query.Invoke(":MEASure:VAMPlitude? CHANnel1", _ strResults) Console.WriteLine("Vertial amplitude: {0} V", strResults) ' Download the screen image. ' ----------------------------------------------------------' Get the screen data. Dim byteResultsArray As Byte() ' Results array. myScope.SCPI.DISPlay.DATA.Query("PNG", DBNull.Value, _ DBNull.
PAGE 1061
Sample Programs dctWavFormat.Add("1", dctWavFormat.Add("2", dctWavFormat.Add("3", dctWavFormat.Add("4", 35 "BYTE") "WORD") "LONG") "LONGLONG") Dim dctAcqType As New Dictionary(Of String, String) dctAcqType.Add("1", "RAW") dctAcqType.Add("2", "AVERage") dctAcqType.Add("3", "VHIStogram") dctAcqType.Add("4", "HHIStogram") dctAcqType.Add("6", "INTerpolate") dctAcqType.Add("10", "PDETect") Dim dctAcqMode As New Dictionary(Of String, String)() dctAcqMode.Add("0", "RTIMe") dctAcqMode.
PAGE 1062
35 Sample Programs Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y display range: {0}", _ strsPreamble(13)) Console.WriteLine("Waveform Y display origin: {0}", _ strsPreamble(14)) Console.WriteLine("Date: {0}", strsPreamble(15)) Console.WriteLine("Time: {0}", strsPreamble(16)) Console.WriteLine("Frame model: {0}", strsPreamble(17)) Console.WriteLine("Acquire mode: {0}", _ dctAcqMode(strsPreamble(18))) Console.WriteLine("Completion pct: {0}", strsPreamble(19)) Console.
PAGE 1063
35 Sample Programs End Class End Namespace SCPI.NET Example in IronPython You can also control Agilent oscilloscopes using the SCPI.NET library and Python programming language on the .NET platform using: • IronPython ("http://ironpython.codeplex.com/") which is an implementation of the Python programming language running under .NET. To run this example with IronPython: 1 Install the Agilent Command Expert software and the command set for the oscilloscope.
PAGE 1064
35 Sample Programs # Get and display the device's *IDN? string. idn_string = scope.SCPI.IDN.Query() print "Identification string '%s'" % idn_string # Clear status and load the default setup. scope.SCPI.CLS.Command() scope.SCPI.RST.Command() # ========================================================= # Capture: # ========================================================= def capture(): # Set probe attenuation factor. scope.SCPI.CHANnel.PROBe.Command(1, 1.0, None) (qresult, probe_units) = scope.SCPI.CHANnel.
PAGE 1065
35 Sample Programs # Set horizontal scale and offset. scope.SCPI.TIMebase.SCALe.Command(0.0002) qresult = scope.SCPI.TIMebase.SCALe.Query() print "Timebase scale: %f" % qresult scope.SCPI.TIMebase.POSition.Command(0.0) qresult = scope.SCPI.TIMebase.POSition.Query() print "Timebase position: %f" % qresult # Set the acquisition mode. scope.SCPI.ACQuire.MODE.Command("RTIMe") qresult = scope.SCPI.ACQuire.MODE.
PAGE 1066
35 Sample Programs # -------------------------------------------------------# Get the waveform points mode. qresult = scope.SCPI.WAVeform.TYPE.Query() print "Waveform points mode: %s" % qresult # Get the number of waveform points. qresult = scope.SCPI.WAVeform.POINts.Query() print "Waveform points: %s" % qresult # Set the waveform source. scope.SCPI.WAVeform.SOURce.Command("CHANnel1") qresult = scope.SCPI.WAVeform.SOURce.
PAGE 1067
Sample Programs 35 5 : "DECIBEL", } preamble_string = scope.SCPI.WAVeform.PREamble.Query() ( wav_form, acq_type, wfmpts, avgcnt, x_increment, x_origin, x_reference, y_increment, y_origin, y_reference, coupling, x_display_range, x_display_origin, y_display_range, y_display_origin, date, time, frame_model, acq_mode, completion, x_units, y_units, max_bw_limit, min_bw_limit ) = string.
PAGE 1068
35 Sample Programs writer.WriteLine("%E, %f" % (time_val, voltage)) # Close output file. writer.Close() print "Waveform format WORD data written to %s." % strPath # ========================================================= # Main program: # ========================================================= #addr = "labi-trex-lp11.cos.agilent.com" addr = "TCPIP0::labi-trex-lp11.cos.agilent.com::inst0::INSTR" scope = AgInfiniium90000(addr) scope.Transport.DefaultTimeout.
PAGE 1069
Agilent Infiniium 90000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Reference 36 Reference HDF5 Example 1070 CSV and TSV Header Format 1071 BIN Header Format 1073 s1 1069
PAGE 1070
36 Reference HDF5 Example Here is an example of a captured HDF5 file. Channel 1(6576) Group Size = 1 Number of Attributes = 17 Waveform Type = 1 Start = 1 NumPoints = 1000000 NumSegments = 0 Count = 1 XDispRange = 1.0E-6 XDispOrigin = -5.0E-7 XInc = 5.0E-11 XOrg = -2.4999999E-5 XUnits = Second YDispRange = 8.0 YDispOrigin = 0.0 YInc = 1.327218738E-4 YOrg = 0.11645629362732 YUnits = Volt MinBandwidth = 0.0 MaxBandwidth = 6.
PAGE 1071
Reference 36 CSV and TSV Header Format Revision Always 0 (zero). Type How the waveform was acquired: normal, raw, interpolate, average, or versus. When this field is read back into the scope, all modes, except versus, are converted to raw. The default value is raw. Start Starting point in the waveform of the first data point in the file. This is usually zero. Points The number of points in the waveform record. The number of points is set by the Memory Depth control. The default value is 1.
PAGE 1072
36 Reference YDispRange The number of Y display range columns (n) depends on the number of sources being store. The Y display range is the Y- axis duration of the waveform which is displayed. For voltage waveforms, it is the amount of voltage across the display. If the value is zero then no data has been acquired. YDispOrg The number of Y display origin columns (n) depends on the number of sources being store. The Y- display origin is the Y- axis value at the center of the display.
PAGE 1073
36 Reference BIN Header Format • "File Header" on page 1073 • "Waveform Header" on page 1073 • "Waveform Data Header" on page 1075 • "Example Program for Reading Binary Data" on page 1076 File Header There is only one file header in a binary file. The file header consists of the following information. Cookie Two byte characters, AG, which indicates that the file is in the Agilent Binary Data file format. Version Two bytes which represent the file version.
PAGE 1074
36 Reference Number of Waveform Buffers Count An integer (4 byte signed) which is the number of waveform buffers required to read the data. This value is one except for peak detect data and digital data. An integer (4 byte signed) which is the number of hits at each time bucket in the waveform record when the waveform was created using an acquisition mode like averaging.
PAGE 1075
Reference 36 3 = Constant 4 = Amp 5 = Decibel Date A 16 character array which is the date when the waveform was acquired. The default value is 27 DEC 1996. Time A 16 character array which is the time when the waveform was acquired. The default value is 01:00:00:00. Frame A 24 character array which is the model number and serial number of the scope in the format of MODEL#:SERIAL#. Waveform Label Time Tags Segment Index A 16 character array which is the waveform label.
PAGE 1076
36 Reference Example Program for Reading Binary Data The following is a programming example of reading a Binary Data (.bin) file and converting it to a CSV (.csv) file without a file header. /* bintoascii.c */ /* Reads the binary file format. This program demonstrates how to import the Infiniium oscilloscope binary file format and how to export it to an ascii comma seperated file format. */ #pragma pack(4) #include #include #include #include "sicl.
PAGE 1077
Reference 36 #define DATE_TIME_STRING_LENGTH 16 #define FRAME_STRING_LENGTH 24 #define SIGNAL_STRING_LENGTH 16 typedef struct { int HeaderSize; int WaveformType; int NWaveformBuffers; int Points; int Count; float XDisplayRange; double XDisplayOrigin; double XIncrement; double XOrigin; int XUnits; int YUnits; char Date[DATE_TIME_STRING_LENGTH]; char Time[DATE_TIME_STRING_LENGTH]; char Frame[FRAME_STRING_LENGTH]; char WaveformLabel[SIGNAL_STRING_LENGTH]; double TimeTag; unsigned int SegmentIndex; } Waveform
PAGE 1078
36 Reference void void void void double *xInc, double *xOrg ); OutputNormalWaveform( WaveformHeader waveformHeader ); OutputPeakDetectWaveform( WaveformHeader waveformHeader ); OutputHistogramWaveform( WaveformHeader waveformHeader ); OutputData( FILE *PeakFile, WaveformDataHeader waveformDataHeader ); /* Globals */ double xOrg=0L, xInc=0L; /* Values necessary to create time data */ union DATATYPE WaveFormData; /* Used to input and output data */ FILE *InputFile = NULL; FILE *OutputFile; errno_t err; cha
PAGE 1079
36 Reference default: case PB_UNKNOWN: printf( "Unknown waveform type: %d\n" ); break; } } } else { printf( "Unable to open output file %s\n", OutputFile); } } else { printf( "Unable to open input file %s\n", argv[1] ); } fclose( InputFile ); fclose( OutputFile ); } else { printf( "Useage: bintoascii inputfile outputfile\n" ); } } /********************************************************************* * Function name: GetTimeConversionFactors * Parameters: double xInc which is the time between consecutive
PAGE 1080
36 Reference void OutputNormalWaveform( WaveformHeader waveformHeader ) { WaveformDataHeader waveformDataHeader; int done = FALSE; unsigned long i; unsigned long j = 0; size_t BytesRead = 0L; double Time; BytesRead = fread( &waveformDataHeader, 1, sizeof( WaveformDataHeader ), InputFile ); GetTimeConversionFactors( waveformHeader, &xInc, &xOrg ); while( !done ) { BytesRead = fread( (char *) Volts, 1, MAX_LENGTH, InputFile ); for( i = 0; i < (BytesRead/waveformDataHeader.
PAGE 1081
Reference 36 if( BytesRead < MAX_LENGTH ) { done = TRUE; } } } /********************************************************************* * Function name: OutputData * Parameters: FILE *PeakFile which is the pointer to the file * to be written. * WaveformDataHeader waveformDataHeader * which is a structure that contains the waveform * header information.
PAGE 1082
36 Reference size_t BytesRead = 0L; double Time; FILE *MaxFile; FILE *MinFile; fread( &waveformDataHeader, 1, sizeof( WaveformDataHeader ), InputFile ); GetTimeConversionFactors( waveformHeader, &xInc, &xOrg ); MaxFile = fopen( "maxdata.bin", "wb" ); MinFile = fopen( "mindata.bin", "wb" ); if( MaxFile && MinFile ) { if( waveformDataHeader.
PAGE 1083
Index Symbols :ACQuire:AVERage command/query, 140 :ACQuire:AVERage:COUNt command/query, 141 :ACQuire:BANDwidth, command/query, 142 :ACQuire:COMPlete command/query, 144 :ACQuire:COMPlete:STATe command/query, 146 :ACQuire:INTerpolate command/query, 147 :ACQuire:MODE command/query, 148 :ACQuire:POINts command/query, 150 :ACQuire:POINts:AUTO command/query, 154 :ACQuire:REDGe command/query, 155 :ACQuire:RESPonse command/query, 156 :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command/query, 157 :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command/query
PAGE 1084
Index :DISPlay:TAB command, 284 :DISPlay:TEXT command, 285 :FUNCtion:ABSolute command, 291 :FUNCtion:ADD command, 292 :FUNCtion:AVERage command, 293 :FUNCtion:COMMonmode command, 294 :FUNCtion:DIFF command, 295 :FUNCtion:DISPlay command/query, 296 :FUNCtion:DIVide command, 297 :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency command/query, 298 :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence command/query, 299 :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? query, 300 :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow command/query, 301 :FUNCtion:FFTMagnitude command, 30
PAGE 1085
Index :MEASure:HISTogram:MEAN command/query, 505 :MEASure:HISTogram:MEDian command/query, 506 :MEASure:HISTogram:MIN command/query, 507 :MEASure:HISTogram:MODE command/query, 508 :MEASure:HISTogram:PEAK command/query, 509 :MEASure:HISTogram:PP command/query, 510 :MEASure:HISTogram:RESolution command/query, 511 :MEASure:HISTogram:STDDev command/query, 512 :MEASure:HOLDtime command/query, 513 :MEASure:JITTer:HISTogram command/query, 515 :MEASure:JITTer:MEASurement command/query, 516 :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum
PAGE 1086
Index :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command/query, 427 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command/query, 428 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command/query, 429 :MTESt:SOURce command/query, 430 :MTESt:STARt command, 431 :MTESt:STIMe command/query, 433 :MTESt:STOP command, 432 :MTESt:TITLe? query, 434 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce command/query, 435 :OPEE command/query, 659 :OPER? query, 660 :OVLRegister? query, 661 :PDER? query, 662 :PRINt command, 663 :RECall:SETup command, 664 :RUN command, 665 :SBUS:IIC:ASIZe command/query, 680 :SBUS:IIC:SOURce:CLOCk
PAGE 1087
Index :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce command/query, 801 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity command, 803 :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce command/query, 804 :TRIGger:GLITch:WIDTh command/query, 805 :TRIGger:HOLDoff command/query, 774 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAX command/query, 775 :TRIGger:HTHReshold command/query, 776 :TRIGger:HYSTeresis command/query, 777 :TRIGger:LEVel command/query, 778 :TRIGger:LTHReshold command/query, 779 :TRIGger:MODE command/query, 780 :TRIGger:PATTern:CONDition command/query, 807 :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic command/query,
PAGE 1088
Index acquisition, ACQuire AVER and completion, 144 acquisition, points, 150 acquisition, record length, 150 acquisition, sample rate, 160 ADD, :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:ADD command, 210 ADD, :FUNCtion:ADD command, 292 address field size, IIC serial decode, 680 address, GPIB default, 85 advisory line, reading and writing to, 743 Agilent Connection Expert, 38 Agilent Interactive IO application, 41 Agilent IO Control icon, 38 Agilent IO Libraries Suite, 4, 35, 65, 67 Agilent IO Libraries Suite, installing, 3
PAGE 1089
Index CGRade, :MEASure:CGRade:EWIDth command/query, 453 CGRade, :MEASure:CGRade:EWINdow command/query, 454 CGRade, :MEASure:CGRade:JITTer command/query, 455 CGRade, :MEASure:CGRade:QFACtor command/query, 456 Channel Commands, 171 CHANnels, :AUToscale:CHANnels command, 649 channels, and VIEW, 902 channel-to-channel skew factor, 168 character program data, 58 Clear method, 67 Clear Status (*CLS) command, 229 CLEar, :MEASure:CLEar command, 457 CLEar, :WMEMory:CLEar command, 918 Clearing, Buffers, 90 cleari
PAGE 1090
Index CSOurce, :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSOurce:EDGE command/query, 831 CTCDutycycle, :MEASure:CTCDutycycle command/query, 467 CTCJitter, :MEASure:CTCJitter command/query, 469 CTCNwidth, :MEASure:CTCNwidth command/query, 471 CTCPwidth, :MEASure:CTCPwidth command/query, 473 CTLequalizer, :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DCGain command/query, 703 CTLequalizer, :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:DISPlay command/query, 701 CTLequalizer, :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles command/query, 704 CTLequalizer, :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:P1 com
PAGE 1091
Index Disk Commands, SEGMented, 265 Display Commands, 267 Display Commands, DATA?, 272 Display Commands, TEXT, 285 display persistence, 277 DISPlay, :CHANnel:DISPlay command/query, 177 DISPlay, :CHANnel:DISPlay:AUTO command/query, 178 DISPlay, :CHANnel:DISPlay:OFFSet command/query, 179 DISPlay, :CHANnel:DISPlay:RANGe command/query, 180 DISPlay, :CHANnel:DISPlay:SCALe command/query, 181 DISPlay, :FUNCtion:DISPlay command/query, 296 DISPlay, :LISTer:DISPlay command/query, 379 DISPlay, :SPRo
PAGE 1092
Index FFEQualizer, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:OFFSet command/query, 740 FFEQualizer, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:VERTical:RANGe command/query, 741 FFT Commands, 443 FFT, :FUNCtion:FFT:FREQuency command/query, 298 FFT, :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence command/query, 299 FFT, :FUNCtion:FFT:RESolution? query, 300 FFT, :FUNCtion:FFT:WINDow command/query, 301 FFT, :MEASure:FFT:DFRequency command/query, 489 FFT, :MEASure:FFT:DMAGnitude command/query, 491 FFT, :MEASure:FFT:FREQuency command/query, 493 FFT,
PAGE 1093
Index HYSTeresis, :ISCan:RUNT:HYSTeresis command/query, 357 HYSTeresis, :MEASure:THResholds:HYSTeresis command/query, 597 HYSTeresis, :TRIGger:HYSTeresis command/query, 777 I ID, :CHANnel:PROBe:ID? query, 214 Identification Number (*IDN?) query, 233 IEEE 488.1, 91 IEEE 488.1, and IEEE 488.2 relationship, 91 IEEE 488.2, 91 IEEE 488.2, compliance, 91 IEEE 488.2, conformity, 44 IEEE 488.2, Standard, 44 IEEE 488.
PAGE 1094
Index LONGform, :SYSTem:LONGform command/query, 751 lowercase, 57 lowercase, headers, 57 LOWPass, :FUNCtion:LOWPass command, 311 LTARget, :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:LTARget command/query, 723 LTHReshold, :TRIGger:LTHReshold command/query, 779 LTYPe, :TRIGger:STATe:LTYPe command/query, 839 luminosity, 280 M M1S, :MEASure:HISTogram:M1S command/query, 501 M2S, :MEASure:HISTogram:M2S command/query, 502 M3S, :MEASure:HISTogram:M3S command/query, 503 MAGNify, :FUNCtion:MAGNify command, 312 MAGNitude, :M
PAGE 1095
Index NPRecursor, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NPRecursor command/query, 727 NPULses, :MEASure:NPULses command/query, 545 NREGions?, :MTESt:NREGions? query, 421 NTAPs, :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:NTAPs command/query, 715 NTAPs, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:NTAPs command/query, 728 NUI, :MEASure:NUI command/query, 546 NUMBer, :DISPlay:GRATicule:NUMBer command/query, 273 numeric, program data, 59 numeric, variable example, 74 numeric, variables, 74 NUMPoles, :SPRocessing:CTLequalizer:NUMPoles command/query, 704 NWIDth,
PAGE 1096
Index PRECprobe, :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:MODE command, 218 PRECprobe, :CHANnel:PROBe:PRECprobe:ZSRC command, 219 PRECprobe, :DISK:SAVE:PRECprobe command, 261 PRESet, :SYSTem:PRESet command, 752 PREShoot, :MEASure:PREShoot command/query, 558 PRINters?, :HARDcopy:PRINters? query, 334 printing, specific screen data, 330 printing, the screen, 329 probe attenuation factor, 166 Probe Calibration, 165 PROBe, :CHANnel:PROBe command/query, 197 PROBe, :CHANnel:PROBe:ACCAL command/query, 198 PROBe, :CHAN
PAGE 1097
Index REFClock, :TIMebase:REFClock command/query, 760 REFerence, :FUNCtion:FFT:REFerence command/query, 299 REFerence, :TIMebase:REFerence command/query, 761 register, save/recall, 239, 241 register, Standard Event Status Enable, 106 reliability of measured data, 95 remote control examples, 939 Remote Local Code and Capability, 83 remote programming basics, 44 representation of infinity, 134 Request Control (RQC), Status Bit, 97 Request Service (RQS), Default, 82 Request Service (RQS), status bit, 97 Re
PAGE 1098
Index SEGMented, :WAVeform:SEGMented:XLISt? query, 898 SEGPdetect acquisition mode, 149 SELect, :CHANnel:PROBe:HEAD:SELect command/query, 212 Selected Device Clear (SDC), 90 Selecting Multiple Subsystems, 63 self test, 247 Self-Test Commands, 695 semicolon usage, 55 sending compound queries, 93 SENDvalid, :MEASure:SENDvalid command/query, 587 separator, 48 SEQuence, :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:ENABle command/query, 823 SEQuence, :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:EVENt command, 825 SEQuence, :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TI
PAGE 1099
Index SOURce, :TRIGger:TV:SOURce command/query, 854 SOURce, :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce command/query, 863 SOURce, :WAVeform:SOURce command/query, 899 SOURce, and measurements, 444 spaces and commas, 53 SPAN, :CHANnel:ISIM:SPAN command/query, 193 specified random jitter, 580 specified random noise, 540 SPECtrum, :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum command/query, 517 SPECtrum, :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal command/query, 518 SPECtrum, :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:HORizontal:PO Sition command/query, 519 SPECtrum, :MEAS
PAGE 1100
Index TAP, :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh command/query, 717 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP command/query, 730 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:AUTomatic command, 734 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BANDwidth command/query, 735 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:BWMode command/query, 736 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:DELay command/query, 733 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:PLENgth command/query, 731 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP:TDELay command/query, 737 TAP, :SPRocessing:FFEQualizer:TAP
PAGE 1101
Index TV, :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:POLarity command/query, 860 TVOLt, :MEASure:TVOLt command/query, 615 TYPE, :BUS:B:TYPE command/query, 164 TYPE, :MEASure:JITTer:SPECtrum:VERTical:TYPE command/query, 524 TYPE, :MEASure:TIEFilter:TYPE command/query, 612 TYPE, :SBUS:SPI:TYPE command/query, 693 TYPE, :TRIGger:SEQuence:RESet:TYPE command/query, 824 TYPE, :TRIGger:TRANsition:TYPE command/query, 849 TYPE?, :WAVeform:TYPE? query, 901 U UDTV, :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber command/query, 856 UDTV, :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc
PAGE 1102
Index Waveform Memory Commands, 917 waveform type, and COMPlete?, 872 waveform type, and COUNt?, 873 waveform type, and TYPE?, 901 WAVeform, :DISK:SAVE:WAVeform command, 263 WAVeform, :STORe:WAVeform command, 672 waveform, data and preamble, 868 waveform, saving, 263 waveform, view parameters, 902 WAVeforms?, :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query, 411 what's new, 27 white space (separator), 48 WIDTh, :SBUS:SPI:WIDTh command/query, 694 WIDTh, :SPRocessing:DFEQualizer:TAP:WIDTh command/query, 717 WIDTh, :SPRocess